Top Banner
OWNER'S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out. This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehi- cle. Please note that some models are equipped with Right-Hand Drive (RHD). The explanations and illustrations for some operations in RHD models are opposite of those written in this manual.
382
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: i30

OWNER'S MANUAL

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so thatour policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions andexplanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, youmay find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehi-cle.

Please note that some models are equipped with Right-Hand Drive (RHD).The explanations and illustrations for some operations in RHD models areopposite of those written in this manual.

Page 2: i30

F2

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the per-formance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limitedwarranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab-lished by the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possiblefor an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronicsystems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you chooseto install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

Page 3: i30

F3

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.These titles indicate the following:

!! NOTICEThis indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or otherpersons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if thecaution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

Page 4: i30

F4

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who driveHyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're veryproud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it care-fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal-er. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the man-ual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

Copyright 2007 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrievalsystem or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor Company.

CAUTIONSevere engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundaispecifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-4 in theVehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

Page 5: i30

F5

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai MotorCompany to manufacture vehicles.They are designed and tested for theoptimum safety, performance, and reli-ability to our customers.

2.Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-neered and built to meet rigid manu-facturing requirements. Using imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvage partsis not covered under the Hyundai NewVehicle Limited Warranty or any otherHyundai warranty.

In addition, any damage to or failure ofHyundai Genuine Parts caused by theinstallation or failure of an imitation,counterfeit or used salvage part is notcovered by any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are purchas-ing Hyundai Genuine Parts? Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).Hyundai Genuine Parts exported toare packaged with labels written onlyin English.Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough authorized HyundaiDealerships.

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

Page 6: i30
Page 7: i30

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety system of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Consumer information

Specifications

IIndex

table of contents

Page 8: i30

1

How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-2Vehicle break-in process / 1-5Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-6

Introduction

FD eng 1.qxd 4/30/2007 9:48 AM Page 1

Page 9: i30

Introduction

21

A010000AUN

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimize the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, youlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. A goodplace to start is the index; it has an alpha-betical listing of all information in yourmanual.Sections: This manual has nine sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You’ll find various WARNING’s,CAUTION’s, and NOTICE’s in this manu-al. These were prepared to enhance yourpersonal safety.You should carefully readand follow ALL procedures and recom-mendations provided in theseWARNING’s, CAUTION’s and NOTICE’s.

!! NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

Gasoline engineA020101AFD

UnleadedFor EuropeFor the optimal vehicle performance, werecommend you to use unleaded gaso-line with an octane rating of RON(Research Octane Number) 95 /AKI (AntiKnock Index) 91 or higher.You may use unleaded gasoline with anoctane rating of RON 91~94/AKI 87~90but it may result in slight performancereduction of the vehicle.

Except EuropeYour new vehicle is designed to use onlyunleaded fuel having an Octane Ratingof RON (Research Octane Number) 91 /AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

FD eng 1.qxd 4/30/2007 9:48 AM Page 2

Page 10: i30

1 3

Introduction

A020102AFD

Leaded (if equipped)For some countries, your vehicle isdesigned to use leaded gasoline. Whenyou are going to use leaded gasoline,ask to an authorized HYUNDAI dealerwhether leaded gasoline in your vehicleis available or not.Octane Rating of leaded gasoline issame with unleaded one.

A020103AUN

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or driveability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

CAUTIONNEVER USE LEADED FUEL. Theuse of leaded fuel is detrimental tothe catalytic converter and willdamage the engine control sys-tem’s oxygen sensor and affectemission control.Never add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer fordetails.)

WARNING • Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

FD eng 1.qxd 4/30/2007 9:48 AM Page 3

Page 11: i30

Introduction

41

A020104AUN

Use of MTBEWe recommend that fuels containingMTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7%weight) should not be used in your vehi-cle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapor lock or hard starting.

A020105AUN

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

A020106AUN

Gasolines for cleaner airTo help contribute to cleaner air, we rec-ommend that you use gasolines treatedwith detergent additives, which help pre-vent deposit formation in the engine.These gasolines will help the engine runcleaner and enhance performance of theEmission Control System.

A020107AUN

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

Diesel engineA020201AUN

Diesel fuelDiesel engine must be operated only oncommercially available diesel fuel thatcomplies with EN 590 or comparablestandard. (EN stands for "EuropeanNorm"). Do not use marine diesel fuel,heating oils, or non-approved fuel addi-tives, as this will increase wear andcause damage to the engine and fuelsystem. The use of non-approved fuelsand / or fuel additives will result in a limi-tation of your warranty rights.Diesel fuel of 52 to 54 cetane is used inyour vehicle. If two types of diesel fuelare available, use summer or winter fuelproperly according to the following tem-perature conditions.• Above -5°C(23°F) ... Summer type

diesel fuel.• Below -5°C(23°F) ... Winter type diesel

fuel.

Watch the fuel level in the tank very care-fully : If the engine stops through fuel fail-ure, the circuits must be completelypurged to permit restarting.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol or fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

FD eng 1.qxd 4/30/2007 9:48 AM Page 4

Page 12: i30

1 5

Introduction

A020202AUN

Biodiesel Commercially supplied biodiesel blendsof no more than 5% biodiesel, commonlyknown as "B5 biodiesel" may be used inyour vehicle if it meets EN 14214 orequivalent specifications. (EN stands for"European Norm"). The use of biofuelsmade from rapeseed methyl ester(RME), fatty acid methyl ester (FAME),vegetable oil methyl ester (VME) etc. ormixing diesel with biodiesel will causeincreased wear or damage to the engineand fuel system. Repair or replacementof worn or damaged components due tothe use of non approved fuels will not becovered by the manufactures warranty.

A030000AUN

No special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000km (1,200 miles) of operation.

CAUTION• Do not let any gasoline or water

enter the tank. This would make itnecessary to drain it out and tobleed the lines to avoid jammingthe injection pump and damagingthe engine.

• In winter, in order to cut downincidents due to freezing, paraffinoil may be added to the fuel if thetemperature drops to below -10°C(50°F). Never use more than20% paraffin oil.

CAUTION• Never use any fuel, whether

diesel or B5 biodiesel that fails tomeet the latest petroleum indus-try specification.

• Never use any fuel additives ortreatments that are not recom-mended or approved by the vehi-cle manufacturer.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

FD eng 1.qxd 4/30/2007 9:48 AM Page 5

Page 13: i30

Introduction

61

A050000AFD

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Door and tailgate ajar warninglight

Seat belt warning light

High beam indicator

Turn signal indicator

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

Rear fog light indicator (if equipped)

ABS warning light (if equipped)

Parking brake & Brake fluidwarning light

Engine oil pressure warninglight

Charging system warning light

ESP indicator (if equipped)

ESP OFF indicator (if equipped)

Malfunction indicator (if equipped)

Air bag warning light (if equipped)

Cruise indicator (if equipped)

Cruise SET indicator (if equipped)

Immobilizer indicator (if equipped)

Low fuel level warning light

Glow indicator (Diesel only)

Fuel filter warning light (Diesel only)

Overspeed warning light(if equipped)

Electronic power steering (EPS)system warning light

Low windshield washer fluidlevel warning light (if equipped)

Lamp fail indicator

* For more detailed explanations, refer tosection 4, “Instrument cluster”.

120km/h

TPMS (Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem) malfunction indicator (if equipped)Low tire pressure telltale (if equipped)

Low tire pressure position tell-tale (if equipped)

Passenger’s front air bag OFFindicator (if equipped)

FD eng 1.qxd 4/30/2007 9:48 AM Page 6

Page 14: i30

2

Interior overview / 2-2Instrument panel overview / 2-4

Your vehicle at a glance

FD eng 2.qxd 4/30/2007 9:49 AM Page 1

Page 15: i30

Your vehicle at a glance

22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button ............................4-8

2. Outside rearview mirror folding button* ..4-34

3. Outside rearview mirror control switch*.....4-33

4. Central door lock switch* ..........................4-9

5. Power window lock switch*.....................4-17

6. Power window switches* ........................4-15

7. Fuse box ..................................................7-57

8. Head lamp leveling device* ....................4-59

9. ESP OFF button*....................................5-22

10. Front windshield deicer button* ............4-66

11. Instrument panel illumination................4-36

12. Steering wheel tilt .................................4-30

13. Hood release lever ...............................4-19

14. Brake pedal ..........................................5-17

15. Accelerator pedal....................................5-5

16. Clutch pedal* ..........................................5-9

* : if equipped

OFD027001

B010000AFD

Left-Hand drive type

FD eng 2.qxd 4/30/2007 9:49 AM Page 2

Page 16: i30

2 3

Your vehicle at a glance

B010001AFD

1. Door lock/unlock button ............................4-8

2. Outside rearview mirror folding button* ..4-34

3. Outside rearview mirror control switch*.....4-33

4. Central door lock switch* ..........................4-9

5. Power window lock switch*.....................4-17

6. Power window switches* ........................4-15

7. Fuse box ..................................................7-57

8. Head lamp leveling device* ....................4-59

9. ESP OFF button*....................................5-22

10. Front windshield deicer button* ............4-66

11. Instrument panel illumination................4-36

12. Steering wheel tilt .................................4-30

13. Hood release lever ...............................4-19

14. Brake pedal ..........................................5-17

15. Accelerator pedal....................................5-5

16. Clutch pedal* ..........................................5-9

* : if equipped

OFD027001R

Right-Hand drive type

FD eng 2.qxd 4/30/2007 9:50 AM Page 3

Page 17: i30

Your vehicle at a glance

42

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Driver’s air bag* ..............................3-362. Light control / Turn signals ..............4-553. Instrument cluster ...........................4-354. Wiper/Washer..................................4-605. Auto cruise controls* .......................5-276. Ignition switch ...................................5-47. Steering wheel ................................4-298. Digital clock* .......................................4-949. Audio controls*.................................4-9810. Climate control system* ................4-6711. Hazard warning flasher switch......4-5412. Seat warmer* ..................................3-713. Shift lever ........................................5-814. Cigarette lighter.............................4-9115. Power outlet ..................................4-9316. Ashtray ..........................................4-9117. Passenger’s air bag* .....................3-3618. Multi box........................................4-9019. Vent controls .................................4-7020. Glove box ......................................4-88* : if equipped

OFD027002

Left-Hand drive type

B020000AFD

FD eng 2.qxd 4/30/2007 9:50 AM Page 4

Page 18: i30

2 5

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Driver’s air bag* ..............................3-362. Light control / Turn signals ..............4-553. Instrument cluster ...........................4-354. Wiper/Washer..................................4-605. Auto cruise controls* .......................5-276. Ignition switch ...................................5-47. Steering wheel ................................4-298. Digital clock* .......................................4-949. Audio controls*.................................4-9810. Climate control system* ................4-6711. Hazard warning flasher switch......4-5412. Seat warmer* ..................................3-713. Shift lever ........................................5-814. Cigarette lighter.............................4-9115. Power outlet ..................................4-9316. Ashtray ..........................................4-9117. Passenger’s air bag* .....................3-3618. Multi box........................................4-9019. Vent controls .................................4-7020. Glove box ......................................4-88* : if equipped

OFD027002R

Right-Hand drive type

B020001AFD

FD eng 2.qxd 4/30/2007 9:50 AM Page 5

Page 19: i30

3

Seat / 3-2Seat belts / 3-13Child restraint system / 3-24Airbag-supplemental restraint system / 3-33

Safety system of your vehicle

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 9:55 AM Page 1

Page 20: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

23

C010000AFD

Front seat(1) Forward and backward (driver seat)(2) Seatback angle (driver seat)(3) Seat cushion height (driver seat)*(4) Lumbar support (driver seat)*(5) Seat warmer (driver seat)*(6) Headrest (driver seat)(7) Forward and backward (passenger

seat)(8) Seatback angle (passenger seat)(9) Headrest (passenger seat)(10) Seat warmer (passenger seat)*

Rear seats(11) Center armrest*(12) Headrest (outboard and/or center*)(13) Seatback folding lever

* : if equipped

SEAT

OFD037001

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 9:56 AM Page 2

Page 21: i30

3 3

Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. It is recom-mended that your chest is at least250 mm (10 inches) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for front seat pas-senger

Riding in a vehicle with a front seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If afront seat is reclined during anaccident, the occupant’s hips mayslide under the lap portion of theseat belt applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. Serious orfatal internal injuries could result.The driver must advise the frontpassenger to keep the seatback inan upright position whenever thevehicle is in motion.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 9:56 AM Page 3

Page 22: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

43

Front seat adjustmentC010101AUN

Forward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever

under the front edge of the seat cush-ion up and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

C010102AUN

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on the

seatback recline lever located on theoutside of the seat at the rear.

2. Carefully lean back on the seat andadjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

OFD037003OFD037002

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or reverse withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 9:56 AM Page 4

Page 23: i30

3 5

Safety system of your vehicle

C010103AUN

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)(if equipped)To change the height of the seat cushion,push the lever that is located on the out-side of the seat cushion upwards ordownwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push down

the lever several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull up the

lever several times.

C010104AFD

HeadrestThe headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps to protect the head and neckin the event of a collision.

Active headrest (if equipped)The active headrest is designed to moveforward and upward during a rear impact.This helps to prevent the driver's andfront passenger’s head from movingbackward and thus helps prevent neckinjuries.

OFD037004 HNF2041-1

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight as the top of the occu-pant's eyes. Also adjust the head-rest so its distance from the headis as wide as your fist. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to the occupants mayoccur in the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest heightwhile the vehicle is in motion.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 9:57 AM Page 5

Page 24: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

63

Forward and backward adjustment (if equipped)The headrest may be adjusted forward to3 different positions by pulling the head-rest forward to the desired detent. Toadjust the headrest to it’s furthest back-wards position, pull it fully forward to thefarthest position and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supports thehead and neck.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button (1)while pulling upward (2).

OFD037039 OFD037038OFD037037

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 9:57 AM Page 6

Page 25: i30

3 7

Safety system of your vehicle

C010105AFD

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat, if equipped)The lumbar support can be adjusted bymoving the lever on the outside of the dri-ver’s seatback. Pivoting the lever increas-es or decreases lumbar support.

C010107AFD

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmer is provided to warm thefront seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm the driver'sseat or the front passenger's seat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in the"OFF" position.• Each time you push the button, the

temperature setting of the seat ischanged as follows :

• The seat warmer defaults to the OFFposition whenever the ignition switch isturned on.

!! NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

OFD037005

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may damagethe surface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place blankets,cushions or seat covers on theseats while the seat warmer is inoperation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components could occur.

OFD037006

OFF ! HIGH ( ) ! LOW ( )

!

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 9:58 AM Page 7

Page 26: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

83

C010108AUN

Seatback pocket (if equipped)The seatback pocket is provided on theback of the front passenger’s and driver’sseatbacks.

Rear seat adjustmentC010303AFD

HeadrestThe headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps to protectthe head and neck in the event of a colli-sion.

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. In particular, thedriver must exercise extreme carefor the following types of passen-gers:1. Infants, children, elderly or hand-

icapped persons, or hospital out-patients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

WARNING - Seatbackpockets

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pockets. In an acci-dent they could come loose fromthe pocket and injure vehicle occu-pants.

OFD037040

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight as the top of the occu-pant's eyes. The use of a cushionthat holds the body away fromthe seatback is not recommend-ed.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to an occupant may occurin the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 9:58 AM Page 8

Page 27: i30

3 9

Safety system of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling upward (2).

C010304AFD

Armrest (if equipped)To use the armrest, pull it forward fromthe seatback.

OHD036011 OHD036012 OFD037007

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 9:59 AM Page 9

Page 28: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

103

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks (or cushions) is to allowyou to carry longer objects thancould otherwise be accommodated.Never allow passengers to sit ontop of the folded down seatbackwhile the car is moving as this isnot a proper seating position andno seat belts are available for use.This could result in serious injuryor death in case of an accident orsudden stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seats. This could allow cargoto slide forward and cause injury ordamage during sudden stops.

C010307AFD

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks (or cushions) may befolded to facilitate carrying long items orto increase the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

To fold the rear seat cushion and back1. Set the front seatback to the upright

position and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

2. Pull the cushion folding strap (1) andlift the front portion of the seat cushion.

CAUTION• Make sure the engine is off, the

transaxle is in P and the parkingbrake is applied whenever load-ing or unloading cargo. Vehiclemay move if shift lever is inadver-tently moved to another position.

• Be careful when loading cargothrough the rear passenger seatsto prevent damage to the vehicleinterior.

• When cargo is loaded through therear passenger seats, ensure thecargo is properly secured to pre-vent it from moving while driving.Unsecured cargo in the passen-ger compartment can cause dam-age to the vehicle or injury to it’soccupants.

OFD037008

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 9:59 AM Page 10

Page 29: i30

3 11

Safety system of your vehicle

3. Lift the rear portion of the seat cush-ion. Stand the rear seat cushion verti-cally.

4. Remove the headrest from the rearseatback.

5. Stow the headrest by inserting theheadrest poles into the holder on thebottom of the seat cushion.

6. Pull the lock release lever (red visible)and fold the rear seatback forward anddown firmly.

7. To use the rear seat, lift and push theseatback backward firmly until it clicksinto place. Make sure the seatback islocked in place (red invisible).

8. Reposition the headrest on the seat-back and adjust it to the desired posi-tion.

OFD037010

OFD037011

OFD037012

OFD037035

OFD037009

OFD037034

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 9:59 AM Page 11

Page 30: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

123

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear seatbacksto the upright position, rememberto return the rear shoulder belts totheir proper position.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Special care should be taken ofobjects placed in the rear seats,since those may hit the front seatoccupants in a frontal collision.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, thetransaxle is in P and the parkingbrake is applied whenever loadingor unloading cargo. Failure to takethese steps may allow the vehicleto move if shift lever is inadvertent-ly moved to another position.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

9. Return the seat cushion to the originalposition by pushing down the rear sideof the seat cushion first. Make sure theseat cushion is locked in place.

10. Return the rear seat belt to the prop-er position.

OFD037013

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:00 AM Page 12

Page 31: i30

3 13

Safety system of your vehicle

C020100AUN

Seat belt restraint system

SEAT BELTS

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever the caris moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and youngermust always be properlyrestrained in the rear seat. Neverallow children to ride in the frontpassenger seat. If a child over 12must be seated in the front seat,he/she must be properly beltedand the seat should be moved asfar back as possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its job aswell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis, or thepelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap sectionof the belt across the abdominalarea must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the occu-pant.

(Continued)

(Continued)Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals and par-ticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mildsoap and water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.It is essential to replace the entireassembly after it has been worn ina severe impact even if damage tothe assembly is not obvious. Beltsshould not be worn with strapstwisted. Each seat belt assemblymust only be used by one occu-pant; it is dangerous to put a beltaround a child being carried on theoccupant's lap.

WARNINGNo modifications or additionsshould be made by the user whichwill either prevent the seat beltadjusting devices from operating toremove slack, or prevent the seatbelt assembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:00 AM Page 13

Page 32: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

143

C020101AFD

Seat belt warningType AAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened afterthe ignition switch is ON, the seat beltwarning light blinks again for approxi-mately 6 seconds.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned ON orif it is unfastened after the ignition switchis ON, the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 6 seconds. Atthis time, if the seat belt is fastened, thechime will stop at once. (if equipped)

Type BAs a reminder to the driver and front pas-senger, the driver’s and front passenger’sseat belt warning lights will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch ON regardless ofbelt fastening.

If the driver’s or front passenger’s seatbelt is not fastened when the ignitionswitch is turned ON or if it is disconnect-ed after the ignition switch is turned ON,the corresponding seat belt warning lightwill illuminate or blink until the belt is fas-tened.If the driver's or front passenger’s seatbelt is not fastened when the ignitionswitch is turned ON and you drive over20 km/h, the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 100 seconds.If the driver's or front passenger’s seatbelt is disconnected after the ignitionswitch is turned ON and you drive over20 km/h, the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 100 seconds.After 100 seconds, if the seat belt is con-nected and disconnected again, the seatbelt warning chime will sound again.

!! NOTICE• You can find the front passenger’s

seat belt warning light on the centerfascia panel.

• Although the front passenger seat isnot occupied, the seat belt warninglight will blink or illuminate for 6 sec-onds.

• The front passenger's seat belt warn-ing may operate when luggage isplaced on the front passenger seat.

1GQA2083

OFD037014

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:00 AM Page 14

Page 33: i30

3 15

Safety system of your vehicle

Rear passenger's seat belt warning(if equipped)If the rear passenger's lap/shoulder beltis not fastened when the key is turnedON(engine is not running) the correspon-ding seat belt warning light will illuminateas red and if the belt is fastened the colorwill change to green.And then, if you start the engine anddrive under 9km/h, the correspondingwarning light will turn off after 35 sec-onds.If all rear passenger's seat belts are fas-ten, the green seat belt warning lights willturn off.If you drive over 9km/h, the correspon-ding warning light (fasten ; green color,unfasten ; red color) will turn on and turnoff after 35 seconds.If the rear seat belt is disconnected whenyou drive over the 9km/h, the correspon-ding seat belt warning light will blink andwarning chime will sound for 35 seconds.But, if the rear passenger's lap/shoulderbelt is/are connected and disconnectedtwice within 9 seconds after the belt isfastened, the corresponding seat beltwarning light will not operate.

C020102AFD

Lap/shoulder beltTo fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

You can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of 4 positions for max-imum comfort and safety.If the height of the adjusting seat belt istoo near your neck, you will not be gettingthe most effective protection. The shoul-der portion should be adjusted so that itlies across your chest and midway overyour shoulder nearest the door and notyour neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.

OHD036019B180A01NF

1

2

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:00 AM Page 15

Page 34: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

163

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) while press-ing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

WARNING• Verify the shoulder belt anchor is

locked into position at the appro-priate height. Never position theshoulder belt across your neck orface. Improperly positioned seatbelts can cause serious injuriesin an accident.

• Failure to replace seat belts afteran accident could leave you withdamaged seat belts that will notprovide protection in the event ofanother collision leading to per-sonal injury or death. Replaceyour seat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

B200A01NF

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm nearest the door.

B210A01NF1

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:00 AM Page 16

Page 35: i30

3 17

Safety system of your vehicle

C020103AUN

Lap belt (if equipped)To fasten your seat belt:To fasten a 2-point static type belt, insertthe metal tab into the locking buckle.There will be an audible "click" when thetab locks into the buckle. Check to makesure the belt is properly locked and thatthe belt is not twisted.

With a 2-point static type seat belt, thelength must be adjusted manually so itfits snugly around your body. Fasten thebelt and pull on the loose end to tighten.The belt should be placed as low as pos-sible on your hips, not on your waist. Ifthe belt is too high, it could increase thepossibility of your being injured in anaccident.

When using the rear center seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused.

B220A04NF B220B01NF

Too high

Shorten Correct

OFD037041

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:00 AM Page 17

Page 36: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

183

To release the seat beltWhen you want to release the seat belt,press the button (1) in the locking buckle.

C020200AFD

Pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts can be activated, where the frontalcollision is severe enough, together withthe air bags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions,the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt. (if equipped)OHD036120

WARNINGThe center lap belt latching mecha-nism is different from those for therear seat shoulder belts. When fas-tening the rear seat shoulder beltsor the center lap belt, make surethey are inserted into the correctbuckles to obtain maximum protec-tion from the seat belt system andassure proper operation.

OMG035300

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:00 AM Page 18

Page 37: i30

3 19

Safety system of your vehicle

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

!! NOTICE• Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts will beactivated in certain frontal collisions.The pre-tensioner seat belts can beactivated where the frontal collision issevere enough, together with the airbags.The pre-tensioners will not be activat-ed if the seat belts are not being wornat the time of the collision.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

1LDE3100

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seatbelt must be working

correctly and adjusted to theproper position. Please read andfollow all of the important infor-mation and precautions aboutyour vehicle’s occupant safetyfeatures – including seat beltsand air bags – that are providedin this manual.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:00 AM Page 19

Page 38: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

203

!! NOTICEBecause the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light on the instrument panelwill illuminate for approximately 6 sec-onds after the ignition switch has beenturned to the "ON" position, and then itshould turn off.

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is nomalfunction of the SRS air bag. Ifthe SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignition keyis turned to "ON", or if it remainsilluminated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, please have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer inspectthe pre-tensioner seat belt or SRSair bag system as soon as possible.

(Continued)• Improper handling of the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehi-cle.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

(Continued)

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:00 AM Page 20

Page 39: i30

3 21

Safety system of your vehicle

C020300AUN

Seat belt precautionsC020306AUN

Infant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Formore information about the use of theserestraints, refer to “Child restraint sys-tem” in this section.

!! NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Safety Standards of yourcountry. Before buying any childrestraint system, make sure that it has alabel certifying that it meets SafetyStandards of your country. The restraintmust be appropriate for your child'sheight and weight. Check the label onthe child restraint for this information.Refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seat contained in this manual.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:00 AM Page 21

Page 40: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

223

C020301AUN

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened snug on the hips and as lowas possible. Check belt fit periodically. Achild's squirming could put the belt out ofposition. Children are afforded the mostsafety in the event of an accident whenthey are restrained by a proper restraintsystem in the rear seat. If a larger child(over age 12) must be seated in the frontseat, the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoulderbelt and the seat should be placed in therearmost position. Children age 12 andunder should be restrained securely inthe rear seat. NEVER place a child age12 and under in the front seat. NEVERplace a rear facing child seat in the frontseat of a vehicle.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

C020302AUN

Pregnant womenThe use of a seat belt is recommendedfor pregnant women to lessen the chanceof injury in an accident. When a seat beltis used, the lap belt portion should beplaced as low and snugly as possible onthe hips, not across the abdomen. Forspecific recommendations, consult aphysician.

C020303AUN

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

C020304AUN

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:00 AM Page 22

Page 41: i30

3 23

Safety system of your vehicle

C020305AFD

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve max-imum effectiveness of the restraint sys-tem, all passengers should be sitting upand the front seats should be in anupright position when the car is moving. Aseat belt cannot provide proper protectionif the person is lying down in the rear seator if the front seat is in a reclined position.

C020400AUN

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

C020401AUN

Periodic inspectionIt is recommended that all seat belts beinspected periodically for wear or dam-age of any kind. Any damaged partsshould be replaced as soon as possible.

C020402AUN

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

C020403AFD

When to replace seat beltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snug againstyour hips and chest to work proper-ly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chancethat an occupant's hips will slideunder the lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries or the occupant'sneck could strike the shoulder belt.Drivers and passengers shouldalways sit well back in their seats,properly belted, and with the seat-backs upright.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback was folded down, be care-ful not to damage the seat belt web-bing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle will not be as strong andcould possibly fail during a colli-sion or sudden stop, resulting inserious injury.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:00 AM Page 23

Page 42: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

243

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMC030000BUN

Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Youmust use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Safety Standards of yourcountry.Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child. Followall the instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a suddenstop or an accident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.

WARNINGTo reduce the chance or serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the instructions forinstallation and use of the childrestraint maker.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:00 AM Page 24

Page 43: i30

3 25

Safety system of your vehicle

C030100AFD

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions. For safety rea-sons, we recommend that the childrestraint system be used in the rearseats.

(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always prop-erly position and secure childrenin rear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floorboard ofa moving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicles interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child.

CRS

HNF1008

Rearward-facing child restraint system

Forward-facing child restraint system

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:00 AM Page 25

Page 44: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

263

C030102AUN

Installing a child restraint system bylap/shoulder beltTo install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt web-bing is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

E2MS103005 OEN036101WARNING - Child seat

installation• Before installing the child

restraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint system and the instruc-tions provided with the childrestraint system could increasethe chance and/or severity ofinjury in an accident.

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger that aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:00 AM Page 26

Page 45: i30

3 27

Safety system of your vehicle

3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the seatbelt to take up any slack. After installa-tion of the child restraint system, try tomove it in all directions to be sure thechild restraint system is securelyinstalled.

If you need to tighten the belt, pull morewebbing toward the retractor. When youunbuckle the seat belt and allow it toretract, the retractor will automaticallyrevert back to its normal seated passen-ger emergency locking usage condition.

C030101AUN

Installing a child restraint system bylap belt (on the center rear seat) (ifequipped) - Except Europe

To install a child restraint system on thecenter rear seats, do the following:1. Place the child restraint system on the

center rear seat.2. Extend the latch plate tongue of the

lap belt.

3. Route the lap belt through the restraintaccording to the seat manufacturer’sinstructions.

4. Buckle the seat belt and adjust the lapbelt for a snug hold on the childrestraint by pulling on the loose end ofthe belt. After installation of the childrestraint system, try to move it in alldirections to be sure the child restraintsystem is securely installed.

OEN036104 1GHA2260

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:01 AM Page 27

Page 46: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

283

C030103AFD

Securing a child restraint seat with“Tether Anchor” system (if equipped) Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the floor behind the rear seats.

Seating position

Age group

0 : Up to 10 kgU U UF(0 - 9 months)

0+ : Up to 13 kgU U UF(0 - 2 years)

I : 9 kg to 18 kgU U UF(9 months - 4 years)

II & III : 15 kg to 36 kgU U UF(4 - 12 years)

Front passenger

Rear outboard

Rear center

C030105AFD

Child seat restraint suitability for seat position using the seat belt - For EuropeUse child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for yourchildren. When using the child safety seats, refer to the following table.

U : Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group UF : Suitable for forward-facing "universal" category restraints approved for the use in

this mass group

OFD037015

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:01 AM Page 28

Page 47: i30

3 29

Safety system of your vehicle

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrest,route the tether strap under the head-rest and between the headrest posts,otherwise route the tether strap overthe top of the seatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the seat.

2GHA3300 WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers oranchorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

WARNING - Child restraint anchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:01 AM Page 29

Page 48: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

303

C030104AFD

Securing a child restraint systemwith “ISOFIX” system and “TetherAnchorage” system (if equipped)ISOFIX is a standardised method of fit-ting child seats that eliminates the needto use the standard adult seat belt tosecure the seat in the vehicle. Thisenables a much more secure and posi-tive location with the added benefit ofeasier and quicker installation.An ISOFIX-seat can only be installed if ithas vehicle-specific approval in accor-dance with the requirements of ECE-R44.

There are ISOFIX tags located on thelower portion of each side of the rearseatbacks. These tags indicate the posi-tion of the lower anchors for childrestraints so equipped.

On each side of the rear seat, betweenthe cushion and backrest, are located apair of ISOFIX anchorage points togeth-er with a top tether mounting on the floorbehind the rear seats. During the installa-tion, the seat has to be engaged at theanchorage-points in a way you can hearit clicking (check by pulling!) and has tobe fixed with the Top Tether-belt on thebelonging point on the floor behind rearseats.The installing and the use of a child-seathas to be done according to theinstalling-manual, which is added to theISOFIX-seat.

B230D01NF OFD037033 B230D03NF

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:01 AM Page 30

Page 49: i30

3 31

Safety system of your vehicle

To secure the child restraint seat1. To engage the child restraint seat to

the ISOFIX anchor, insert the childrestraint seat latch into the ISOFIXanchor. Listen for the audible “click”sound.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to thechild restraint hook holder and tightento secure the seat. (Refer to the previ-ous page.)

WARNING• Do not install a child restraint

seat at the center of the rear seatusing the vehicle's ISOFIXanchors. The ISOFIX anchors areonly provided for the left andright outboard rear seating posi-tions. Do not misuse the ISOFIXanchors by attempting to attach achild restraint seat in the middleof the rear seat to the ISOFIXanchors.

(Continued)

WARNINGWhen using the vehicle's "ISOFIX"system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts. Unlatched metal latch platesor tabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.

WARNINGInstall the child restraint seat fullyrearward against the seatback withthe seatback in a vertical position,not reclined.

(Continued)In a crash, the child restraint seatISOFIX attachments may not bestrong enough to secure the childrestraint seat properly in the cen-ter of the rear seat and maybreak, causing serious injury ordeath.

• Do not mount more than onechild restraint to a child restraintlower anchorage point. Theimproper increased load maycause the anchorage points ortether anchor to break, causingserious injury or death.

• Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-com-patible child restraint seat only tothe appropriate locations shownin the illustration.

• Always follow the installation anduse instructions provided by themanufacturer of the childrestraint.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe ISOFIX-seat latch and ISOFIXanchor during the installation.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:01 AM Page 31

Page 50: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

323

F ISO/L1 - X X -

G ISO/L2 - X X -

E ISO/R1 - IUF IUF -

E ISO/R1 - IUF IUF -

D ISO/R2 - IUF IUF -

C ISO/R3 - IUF IUF -

D ISO/R2 - IUF IUF -

C ISO/R3 - IUF IUF -

B ISO/F2 - IUF IUF -

B1 ISO/F2X - IUF IUF -

A ISO/F3 - IUF IUF -

Rear Outboard(Passenger side)

Rear Outboard(Driver side)

Front PassengerFixtureSize ClassMass Group

Carrycot

0 : UP to 10kg

0+ : UP to 13kg

I : 9 to 18kg

Rear Center

vehicle ISOFIX positions

IUF = Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraints systems ofuniversal category approved for use in the mass group.

X = ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint sys-tem in this mass group and/or this size class.

* Both ISO/R2 and ISO/R3 are able to be set up only at theforemost position of the passenger seat.

* ISOFIX child restraint system size classes and fixturesA - ISO/F3: Full-Height Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height

720mm)

B - ISO/F2: Reduced-Height Forward-Facing toddler CRS(height 650mm)

B1 - ISO/F2X: Reduced-Height Second Version Back SurfaceShape Forward-Facing toddler CRS (height 650mm)

C - ISO/R3: Full-Size Rearward-Facing toddler CRSD - ISO/R2: Reduced-Size Rearward-Facing toddler CRSE - ISO/R1: Infant-Size Rearward-Facing CRSF - ISO/L1: Left Lateral Facing position CRS (carry-cot)G - ISO/L2: Right Lateral Facing position CRS (carry-cot)

C030106AFD

Child seat restraint suitability for vehicle ISOFIX positions- For Europe

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:01 AM Page 32

Page 51: i30

3 33

Safety system of your vehicle

C040000AUN

(1) Driver’s air bag(2) Passenger’s air bag*(3) Side air bag*(4) Curtain air bag** : if equipped

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OHD036022

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the safety belts provided inorder to minimize the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:01 AM Page 33

Page 52: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

343

C040100AFD

SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module*3. Side air bag modules*4. Curtain air bag modules*5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors*10. Passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-

cator (front passenger's seat only)*11. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF

switch**: if equipped

The SRSCM continually monitors all ele-ments while the ignition switch is ON todetermine if a frontal or near-frontalimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theair bag warning light should go out.If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the SRS.Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system as soon aspossible.• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

The air bag modules are located both inthe center of the steering wheel and inthe front passenger's panel above theglove box. When the SRSCM detects asufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:01 AM Page 34

Page 53: i30

3 35

Safety system of your vehicle

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B02L B240B03L

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:01 AM Page 35

Page 54: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

363

C040400AFD

Driver's and passenger's front airbag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint (Air bag)System. The indications of the system'spresence are the letters "SRS AIR BAG"embossed on the air bag pad cover in thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The SRS can function only when

the ignition key is in the "ON"position. If the SRS air bag warn-ing light does not illuminate, orcontinuously remains on afterilluminating for about 6 secondswhen the ignition key is turned tothe ON position, or after theengine is started, comes on whiledriving, the SRS is not workingproperly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle immediately inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Before you replace a fuse or dis-connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey. Never remove or replace theair bag related fuse(s) when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion. Failure to heed this warningwill cause the SRS air bag warn-ing light to illuminate.

OFD037016

Driver’s front air bag

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:01 AM Page 36

Page 55: i30

3 37

Safety system of your vehicle

The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity.

(Continued)• Move your seat as far back as

practical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned drivers and passen-gers can be severely injured byinflating air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

• Do not allow a passenger to ridein the front seat when the pas-senger’s front air bag OFF indica-tor is illuminated, because the airbag will not deploy in the event ofa moderate or severe frontalcrash.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate withconsiderable force and in the blinkof an eye. Seat belts help keepoccupants in proper position toobtain maximum benefit from theair bag. Even with air bags, improp-erly and unbelted occupants can beseverely injured when the air baginflates. Always follow the precau-tions about seat belts, air bags andoccupant safety contained in thismanual.To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children in

the back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side air bags can injureoccupants improperly positionedin the front seats.

(Continued)

OFD037017

Passenger’s front air bag

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:02 AM Page 37

Page 56: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

383

1VQA2087

1JBA3514

1JBA3522

Rear impact

Side impact

Rollover

(Continued)• No objects should be placed over

or near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system assoon as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitu-dinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

• Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

(Continued)

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:02 AM Page 38

Page 57: i30

3 39

Safety system of your vehicle

C040501AFD

Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch (if equipped)The passenger’s front air bag can bedeactivated by the passenger’s front airbag ON/OFF switch if a child restraint isinstalled on the front passenger's seat orif the front passenger's seat is unoccu-pied by a person.To ensure the safety of your child, thepassenger’s front air bag must be deacti-vated when it should be necessary toinstall a rearward facing child seat on thefront passenger seat in exceptional cir-cumstances.

(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

(Continued)• A child restraint system must

never be placed in the front seat.The infant or child could beseverely injured or killed by an airbag deployment in case of anaccident.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

OFD037018

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:02 AM Page 39

Page 58: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

403

To deactivate or reactivate the passen-ger’s front air bag:To deactivate the passenger’s front airbag, insert the master key into the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFF switchand turn it to the OFF position. The pas-senger’s front air bag OFF indicator willilluminate and stay on until the passen-ger’s front air bag is reactivated.To reactivate the passenger’s front airbag, insert the master key into the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFF switchand turn it to the ON position. The pas-senger’s front air bag OFF indicator willgo out.

!! NOTICE• When the passenger’s front air bag

ON/OFF switch is set to the ON posi-tion, the passenger’s front air bag isactivated and child or infant seatshould not be installed on the frontpassenger seat.

• When the passenger’s front air bagON/OFF switch is set to the OFF posi-tion, the passenger’s front air bag isdeactivated.

OFD037019CAUTION

• If the passenger’s front air bagON/OFF switch is not workingproperly, the air bag warning lighton the instrument panel will illu-minate.And, the passenger's front air bagOFF indicator will not illuminate,the SRS Control Module reactivatethe passenger’s front air bag andthe passenger’s front air bag willinflate in frontal impact crasheseven if the passenger’s front airbag ON/OFF switch is set to theOFF position.

(Continued)

(Continued)If this occurs, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch, the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem and the SRS air bag sys-tem as soon as possible.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightdoes not illuminate when the igni-tion switch is turned to the ONposition, or if it illuminates whilethe vehicle is being driven, havean authorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the passenger’s front airbag ON/OFF switch, pre-tensionerseat belt and the SRS air bag sys-tem as soon as possible.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:02 AM Page 40

Page 59: i30

3 41

Safety system of your vehicle

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the passenger'sfront air bag ON/OFF switch, donot install a child restraint sys-tem in the front passenger's seat.A child restraint system mustnever be placed in the front seat.Children who are too large forchild restraint systems shouldalways occupy the rear seat anduse the available lap/shoulderbelts. Children are afforded themost safety in the event of anaccident when they arerestrained by a proper restraintsystem in the rear seat.

• As soon as the child seat is nolonger needed on the front pas-senger's seat, reactivate the frontpassenger's air bag.

WARNING• The driver is responsible for the

proper position of the passen-ger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch.

• Deactivate the passenger's frontair bag only when the ignitionswitch is switched off, or the mal-function may occur in the SRSControl Module.And there may be a danger thatthe driver's and/or front passen-ger’s and/or side and curtain airbag may fail to trigger, or not trig-ger correctly during a collision.

• Never install a rearward facingchild seat on the front passen-ger's seat unless the passenger'sfront air bag has been deactivat-ed. The infant or child could beseverely injured or killed by an airbag deployment in case of anaccident.

(Continued)

WARNING• The passenger’s front air bag is

much larger than the steeringwheel air bag and inflates withconsiderably more force. It canseriously hurt or kill a passengerwho is not in the proper positionand wearing the seat belt proper-ly. The front passengers shouldalways move their seat as farback as practical and sit back intheir seat.

• It is essential that the front pas-sengers always wear their seatbelts when vehicle is in motion,even when the vehicle is movingin a parking lot or up a drivewayinto garage.

(Continued)

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:02 AM Page 41

Page 60: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

423

C040600AFD

Side air bag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a side airbag in each front seat. The purpose ofthe air bag is to provide the vehicle's driv-er and/or the front passenger with addi-tional protection than that offered by theseat belt alone.

OFD037020

OED036107

(Continued)• If driver brakes the vehicle heavi-

ly in an urgent situations, occu-pants will be thrown forward. Iffront passengers are not wearingthe seat belts, they will be direct-ly in front of the air bags wheninflation occurs. In that situation,severe injury or death is possi-ble.

• Never allow front passenger toput their hands or feet on theinstrument panel or put their faceclose to the instrument panel.Theair bag will impact the front pas-senger when it inflates.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never allow children/old

and feeble persons/pregnantwomen to sit on the front passen-ger’s seat. Do not put childrestraint system on the front pas-senger’s seat either. They may beseriously injured by the air baginflation when air bag deploys.

• Do not put objects or stickers onthe instrument panel. Do notapply any accessory on the frontwindshield glass or do not installaftermarket mirrors or acces-sories on the factory installedrearview mirror. These may inter-fere with the deployment of airbag inflation or could hit yourbody at high speed and causesevere bodily injury and evendeath.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:02 AM Page 42

Page 61: i30

3 43

Safety system of your vehicle

The side air bags are designed to deployonly during certain side-impact collisions,depending on the crash severity, angle,speed and point of impact. The side airbags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations.

(Continued)• Do not install any accessories on

the side or near the side air bag.• Do not place any objects over the

air bag or between the air bagand yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental side airbag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side air bag that mayresult in personal injury, avoidimpact to the side impact sensorwhen the ignition key is on.

• If seat or seat cover is damaged,have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Inform that yourvehicle is equipped with side airbags.

WARNING• The side air bag is supplemental

to the driver's and the passen-ger's seat belt systems and is nota substitute for them. Thereforeyour seat belts must be worn atall times while the vehicle is inmotion. The air bags deploy onlyin certain side impact conditionssevere enough to cause signifi-cant injury to the vehicle occu-pants.

• For best protection from the sideair bag system and to avoid beinginjured by the deploying side airbag, both front seat occupantsshould sit in an upright positionwith the seat belt properly fas-tened. The driver's hands shouldbe placed on the steering wheelat the 9:00 and 3:00 positions.The passenger's arms and handsshould be placed on their laps.

• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

• Use of seat covers could reduceor prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

(Continued)

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:02 AM Page 43

Page 62: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

443

C040700AFD

Curtain air bag (if equipped)Curtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.

The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and impact. The curtainair bags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations, collisions from thefront or rear of the vehicle or in mostrollover situations.

WARNING• In order for side and curtain air

bags to provide its best protec-tion, both front seat occupantsand both outboard rear occu-pants should sit in an uprightposition with the seat belts prop-erly fastened. Importantly, chil-dren should sit in a proper childrestraint system in the rear seat.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system. Make sure toput the child restraint system asfar away from the door side aspossible, and secure the childrestraint system in a locked posi-tion.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not allow the passengers to

lean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicle occu-pants in an accident.

OHD036125

OUN026090

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:02 AM Page 44

Page 63: i30

3 45

Safety system of your vehicle

C040800AFD

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. In other words, just becauseyour vehicle is damaged and even if itis totally unusable, don’t be surprisedthat the air bags did not inflate.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor (if equipped)

OFD037023/OFD037021/OFD037022/OHD036030

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:03 AM Page 45

Page 64: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

463

C040801AUN

Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bag Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

OED036096

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where air bagor sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body or B pillarwhere side collision sensors areinstalled. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing aftermarket bumperguards or replacing a bumperwith non-genuine parts mayadversely affect your vehiclescollision and air bag deploymentperformance.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:03 AM Page 46

Page 65: i30

3 47

Safety system of your vehicle

Side air bags (if equipped)Side and/or curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision or rollover.

Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensors detect asufficient impact. Side air bags (sideand/or curtain air bags) are designed toinflate only in side impact collisions, butthey may inflate in other collisions if theside impact sensors detect a sufficientimpact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roadsor sidewalks, air bags may deploy. Drivecarefully on unimproved roads or on sur-faces not designed for vehicle traffic toprevent unintended air bag deployment.

C040802AUN

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

OED036099

1JBA3516

OUN026090

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:03 AM Page 47

Page 66: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

483

• Frontal air bags are not designed toinflate in rear collisions, because occu-pants are moved backward by theforce of the impact. In this case, inflat-ed air bags would not be able to pro-vide any additional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.However, side or curtain air bags mayinflate depending on the intensity, vehi-cle speed and angles of impact.

• In a slant or angled collision, the forceof impact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

OED036100 1JBA35211JBA3516

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:04 AM Page 48

Page 67: i30

3 49

Safety system of your vehicle

• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly replaced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci-dents because air bag deploymentwould not provide protection to theoccupants.However, side and/or curtain air bagsmay inflate when the vehicle is rolledover by a side impact collision, if thevehicle is equipped with side air bagsand curtain air bags.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

OED036103 1JBA3522 OED036105

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:04 AM Page 49

Page 68: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

503

C040900AUN

How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofserious frontal or side collision (ifequipped with side air bag or curtainair bag) in order to help protect theoccupants from serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate by the severity of a collision andits direction. These two factors deter-mine whether the sensors send out anelectronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. Though, factors are not limit-ed to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.

It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of theextremely short time in which a collisionoccurs and the need to get the air bagbetween the occupant and the vehiclestructures before the occupant impactsthose structures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collisionand is thus a necessary part of air bagdesign.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which normally caninclude facial abrasions, bruises andbroken bones, and sometimes moresevere injuries because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble (at least 250 mm (10 inches)away). The front passengershould always move their seat asfar back as possible and sit backin their seat.

• Air bag inflates instantly in anevent of collision, passengersmay be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not inproper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries which normally includefacial or bodily abrasions,injuries from broken glasses orburns by the air bag inflationgasses.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:04 AM Page 50

Page 69: i30

3 51

Safety system of your vehicle

C040902AUN

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest to both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. We strongly urgeyou to open your doors and/or win-dows as soon as possible after impactin order to reduce discomfort and pre-vent prolonged exposure to thesmoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with the cold waterimmediately and consult the doctor if thesymptom persists.

C040903AUN

Installing a child restraint on a frontpassenger’s seat is forbiddenNever place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it would cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

1JBH3051

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in steering wheeland/or instrument panel and/or inboth sides of the roof rails abovethe front and rear doors are veryhot. To prevent injury, do not touchthe air bag storage areas internalcomponents immediately after anair bag has inflated.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:04 AM Page 51

Page 70: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

523

C041000AUN

Air bag warning lightThe purpose of air bag warning light inyour instrument panel is to alert you of apotential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).

When the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, itwould cause serious or fatalinjuries.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats in which sideair bags are equipped, be sure toput the child restraint system asfar away from the door side aspossible, and secure the childrestraint system to be locked inposition.Inflation of side or curtain air bagcould cause serious injury ordeath due to the expansionimpact.

W7-147

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:04 AM Page 52

Page 71: i30

3 53

Safety system of your vehicle

C041100AFD

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel must be per-formed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er. Improper handling of the SRS systemmay result in serious personal injury.

WARNING• Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer knows theseprecautions and can give you thenecessary information. Failure tofollow these precautions and pro-cedures could increase the riskof personal injury.

• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water onflooring, you shouldn't try to startthe engine; have the car towed toan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:04 AM Page 53

Page 72: i30

Safety system of your vehicle

543

C041300AUN

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside air bag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

C041400AUN

Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:04 AM Page 54

Page 73: i30

3 55

Safety system of your vehicle

1

2

4

C041200AUN

Air bag warning labelAir bag warning labels are attached to alert driver and passengers of potential risk of air bag system.Note that these government warnings focus on the risk to children, we also wants you to be aware of the risks which adults areexposed to. Those have been described in previous pages.

OFD037024/OFD037025/OFD037026

(if equipped)

(if equipped)

FD eng 3.qxd 4/30/2007 10:04 AM Page 55

Page 74: i30

4

Keys / 4-2Remote keyless entry / 4-4Theft-alarm system / 4-6Door locks / 4-8Tailgate / 4-12Windows / 4-14Hood / 4-19Fuel filler lid / 4-21Sunroof / 4-24

Steering wheel / 4-29Mirrors / 4-31Instrument cluster / 4-35Rear parking assist system / 4-51Hazard warning flasher / 4-54Lighting / 4-55Wipers and washers / 4-60Interior light / 4-63Defroster / 4-65Manual climate control system / 4-67Automatic climate control system / 4-76Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-84Storage compartment / 4-88Interior features / 4-91Exterior features / 4-96Audio system / 4-97

Features of your vehicle

Page 75: i30

Features of your vehicle

24

D010100AFD

Record your key numberThe key code number is stamped on thebar code tag attached to the key set.Should you lose your keys, this numberwill enable an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er to duplicate the keys easily. Removethe bar code tag and store it in a safeplace. Also, record the code number andkeep it in a safe and handy place, but notin the vehicle.

D010200AFD

Key operationsUsed to start the engine, lock and unlockthe doors.

KEYS

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition. Children copy adults andthey could place the key in the igni-tion. The ignition key would enablechildren to operate power windowsor other controls, or even make thevehicle move, which could result inserious bodily injury or even death.Never leave the keys in your vehiclewith unsupervised children.

OFD047001 OFD047002-A

WARNINGUse only HYUNDAI original partsfor the ignition key in your vehicle.If an aftermarket key is used, theignition switch may not return toON after START. If this happens,the starter will continue to operatecausing damage to the startermotor and possible fire due toexcessive current in the wiring.

Page 76: i30

4 3

Features of your vehicle

D010300AFD

Immobilizer system (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with an elec-tronic engine immobilizer system toreduce the risk of unauthorized vehicleuse.Your immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the ignition key,and antenna coil in the key cylinder andImmobilizer Control Unit (or SmartraUnit).With this system, whenever you insertyour ignition key into the ignition switchand turn it to ON, the antenna coil in theignition switch receives a signal from thetransponder in the ignition key and thensends the signal to the ECU (EngineControl Unit).

The ECU checks the signal whether theignition key is valid. If the key is deter-mined to be valid, the engine will start. Ifthe key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer sys-tem:Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-der and turn it to the ON position.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.The immobilizer system activates auto-matically. Without a valid ignition key foryour vehicle, the engine will not start.

!! NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobilizer keys around.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkey separately not to have any malfunc-tion after you receive your new vehicle.

!! NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It is designedto give years of trouble-free service,however you should avoid expo-sure to moisture, static electricityand rough handling. Immobilizersystem malfunction could occur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because itcould cause the immobilizer sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobilizer systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

OFD047001-B

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories nearthe ignition switch.The engine may not start for themetal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal from normallytransmitting.

Page 77: i30

Features of your vehicle

44

Remote keyless entry systemoperationsD020101AUN-EE

Lock (1)All doors are locked if the lock button ispressed.If all doors are closed, the hazard warn-ing lights blink once to indicate that alldoors are locked. However, if any doorremains open, the hazard warning lightswill not blink. If all doors are closed afterthe lock button is pressed, the hazardwarning lights blink.

D020102AUN

Unlock (2) All doors are unlocked if the unlock but-ton is pressed.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that all doors are unlocked.After depressing this button, the doorswill be locked automatically unless youopen any door within 30 seconds.

D020104AUN

Tailgate unlock (3)The tailgate is unlocked if the button ispressed (for more than 0.5 seconds).The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that the tailgate is unlocked.After depressing this button, the tailgatewill be locked automatically unless youopen the tailgate within 30 seconds.Also, once the tailgate is opened andthen closed, the tailgate will be lockedautomatically.

D020200AFD

Transmitter precautions!! NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any offollowing occur:• The ignition key is in ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

OED037002

Page 78: i30

4 5

Features of your vehicle

D020300AFD

Battery replacementTransmitter uses a 3 volt lithium batterywhich will normally last for several years.When replacement is necessary, use thefollowing procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-

tly pry open the transmitter centercover (1).

2. Replace the battery with new one.When replacing the battery, make surethe battery positive “+” symbol facesup as indicated in the illustration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For replacement transmitters, see anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for repro-gramming.

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er vehicle warranty.

OFD047003

CAUTION• The keyless entry system trans-

mitter is designed to give youyears of trouble-free use, howev-er it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use yourtransmitter or replace the battery,contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the transmitter to malfunc-tion. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.

Page 79: i30

Features of your vehicle

64

D030000AUN-EE

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thecar. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

D030100AUN-EE

Armed stagePark the car and stop the engine. Armthe system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-

tion switch and exit the vehicle.2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate)

and the engine hood are closed andlatched.

3. Lock the doors using the transmitter ofthe keyless entry system.

After completion of the steps above, thehazard warning lights will blink once toindicate that the system is armed.

If any door (or tailgate) or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warning lightswill not blink and the theft-alarm will notarm. If all doors (and tailgate) and enginehood are closed after the lock button ispressed, the hazard warning lights blinkonce.

• Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed while a passen-ger(s) remains in the vehicle, thealarm may be activated when theremaining passenger(s) leave thevehicle. If any door (or tailgate) orengine hood is opened within 30seconds after the system enters thearmed stage, the system is dis-armed to prevent unnecessaryalarm.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Armedstage

Theft-alarmstage

Disarmedstage

Page 80: i30

4 7

Features of your vehicle

D030200AFD

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the system isarmed.• A front or rear door is opened without

using the transmitter.• The tailgate is opened without using

the transmitter.• The engine hood is opened.The siren will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously for27 seconds, unless the system is dis-armed. To turn off the system, unlock thedoors with the ignition key (*) or transmit-ter.(*) : To enable the ignition key to function,

consult your authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

D030400AFD

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when thedoors are unlocked by depressing theunlock button on the transmitter.After depressing unlock button, the haz-ard warning lights will blink twice to indi-cate that the system is disarmed.After depressing unlock button, if anydoor is not opened within 30 seconds,the system will be rearmed.

!! NOTICE - Non-immobilizersystem

• Avoid trying to start the engine whilethe alarm is activated. The vehiclestarting motor is disabled during thetheft-alarm stage.If the system is not disarmed with thetransmitter, insert the key into theignition switch, turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position and wait for30 seconds. Then the system will bedisarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

!! NOTICE - Immobilizer system• If the system is not disarmed with the

transmitter, insert the key into theignition switch and start the engine.Then the system will be disarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Page 81: i30

Features of your vehicle

84

D050100AUN

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key toward rear of vehicle to

unlock and toward front of vehicle tolock.

• If you lock/unlock the door with a key,all vehicle doors will lock/unlock auto-matically.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter key (ifequipped).

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that doors areclosed securely.

" If your vehicle is equipped with theremote keyless entry system, there isno key lock on the front passenger'sdoor.

!! NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

• To lock a door without the key, push theinside door lock button (1) or centraldoor lock switch (2) to the “Lock” posi-tion and close the door (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch, all vehicle doors willlock automatically.

!! NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windowsand lock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

DOOR LOCKS

OHD046001

LockUnlock

OFD047010

Page 82: i30

4 9

Features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleD050201AFD

With the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on the button will be visi-ble.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the frontdoor is pulled when the door lock but-ton is in lock position, the button isunlocked and door opens. (if equipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch andany front door is open.

D050202AUN

With central door lock switchOperate by depressing the central doorlock switch.

OFD047011

Lock Unlock

WARNING - Door lock mal-function

If a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in the vehi-cle, try one or more of the followingtechniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from out-side.

• Move to the cargo area and openthe tailgate.

OFD047012

Driver’s door

Page 83: i30

Features of your vehicle

104

• When pushing down on the front por-tion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill lock.

• When pushing down on the rear por-tion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill unlock.

• However, if the key is in the ignitionswitch and any front door is open, thedoors will not lock when the front por-tion of central door lock switch ispressed.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.

Page 84: i30

4 11

Features of your vehicle

D050300AUN

Impact sensing door unlock sys-tem (if equipped)All doors will be automatically unlockedwhen the impact is delivered to impactsensors while the ignition switch ON.However, the doors may not be unlockedif mechanical problems occur with thedoor lock system or battery.

D050400AFD

Speed sensing door lock system(if equipped)When the speed of the vehicle keepsabove 40 km/h for 1 second, it will auto-matically lock all doors. For activation ofthis feature, contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

!! NOTICEAn authorized HYUNDAI dealer canselect some auto door lock/unlock fea-tures as follows;• Speed sensing auto door locking• Auto door unlock when the ignition

key is removed from the ignitionswitch

If you want to select a door lock/unlockfeature, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

D050500AUN

Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock located on

the rear edge of the door to the “Lock”position. When the child safety lock isin the “Lock ( )” position, rear doorwill not open even though the innerdoor handle is pulled inside the vehi-cle.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (1).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (2) until rear door childsafety lock is unlocked ( ).

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out and beseverely injured or killed. To pre-vent children from opening the reardoors from the inside, the rear doorsafety locks should be used when-ever children are in the vehicle.

OFD047013

Page 85: i30

Features of your vehicle

124

D070100AFD

Opening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked

together if all doors are locked orunlocked with the key, transmitter orcentral door lock switch.

• The tailgate is unlocked alone for 30seconds if the tailgate unlock button onthe transmitter is pressed. Once thetailgate is opened and then closed, thetailgate is locked automatically.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pressing the handle and pulling itup.

!! NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

D070200AUN

Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make sure thatthe tailgate is securely latched.

TAILGATE

OFD047014

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachinghardware if the tailgate is notclosed prior to driving.

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the tailgate open,you will draw dangerous exhaustfumes into your vehicle which cancause serious injury or death tovehicle occupants.If you must drive with the tailgateopen, keep the air vents and allwindows open so that additionaloutside air comes into the vehicle.

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. To avoid injury in theevent of an accident or suddenstops, occupants should always beproperly restrained.

Page 86: i30

4 13

Features of your vehicle

D070300AUN

Emergency tailgate safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with emergencytailgate safety release lever located onthe bottom of the tailgate. When some-one is inadvertently locked in the lug-gage compartment, if the lever ispushed, the tailgate latch mechanism isreleased and the tailgate is opened bypushing backward.

WARNING• For emergency, be fully aware of

the location of the emergencytailgate safety release lever intheir vehicle and how to open thetailgate if you are accidentallylocked in the luggage compart-ment.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the luggage compartmentof the vehicle at any time. Theluggage compartment is a highlydangerous location in the eventof a crash.

• Use the release lever for emer-gency only. Use extreme cautionwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OFD047015

Page 87: i30

Features of your vehicle

144

D080000AFD

(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (left) power window switch(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window up*/down*(7) Power window lock switch

*: if equipped

!! NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

WINDOWS

OFD037029

Type A

Type B

Type C

Page 88: i30

4 15

Features of your vehicle

D080100AFD

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door’s window. The driv-er has a power window lock switch whichcan block the operation of rear passen-ger windows.The power windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after the igni-tion key is removed or turned to the ACCor LOCK position. However, if the frontdoors are opened, the power windowscannot be operated even within the 30seconds period after the ignition keyremoval.

!! NOTICEWhile driving, if you notice buffetingand pulsation (wind shock) with eitherside window open, you should open theopposite window slightly to reduce thecondition.

D080101AUN

Window opening and closing (if equipped)The driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

D080102AUN

Auto down window (if equipped) Depressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detent posi-tion (6) completely lowers the driver’swindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, pull up the switch momentarilyto the opposite direction of the windowmovement.

OFD037031OFD037030

Page 89: i30

Features of your vehicle

164

D080103AUN

Auto up/down window (if equipped)Depressing or pulling up the power win-dow switch momentarily to the seconddetent position (6) completely lowers orlifts the window even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, pull up or depress and releasethe switch to the opposite direction of themovement.

If the power window is not operated cor-rectly, the automatic power window sys-tem must be reset as follows:1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Close driver’s window and continue

pulling up on driver’s power windowswitch for at least 1 second after thewindow is completely closed.

Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window isblocked by an object or part of the body,the window will detect the resistance andwill stop upward movement. The windowwill then lower approximately 30 cm (11.8in.) to allow the object to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch is pulledup continuously, the window will stopupward movement then lower approxi-mately 2.5 cm (1 in.). And if the powerwindow switch is pulled up continuouslyagain within 5 seconds after the windowis lowered by the automatic windowreversal feature, the automatic windowreversal will not operate.

!! NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature for thedriver’s window is only active when the“auto up” feature is used by fullypulling up the switch. The automaticreverse feature will not operate if thewindow is raised using the halfway posi-tion on the power window switch.

WARNING Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window to avoidinjuries or vehicle damage. If anobject less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) indiameter is caught between thewindow glass and the upper win-dow channel, the automatic reversewindow may not detect the resist-ance and will not stop and reversedirection.

OFD037032

Page 90: i30

4 17

Features of your vehicle

D080104AUN

Power window lock button• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on a rear passengerdoor by depressing the power windowlock switch located on the driver’s doorto LOCK (pressed).

• When the power window lock switchis ON, the driver’s master controlcannot operate the rear passengerdoor power windows.

OFD047020

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key in

the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(depressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend face or arms out-side through the window openingwhile driving.

Page 91: i30

Features of your vehicle

184

D080200AFD

Manual windows (if equipped)To raise or lower the window, turn thewindow regulator handle clockwise orcounterclockwise.

WARNINGWhen opening or closing the win-dows, make sure your passenger'sarms, hands and body are safelyout of the way.

B050A01E

Page 92: i30

4 19

Features of your vehicle

D090100AUN

Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, pull the secondary latch(1) inside of the hood center and liftthe hood (2).

3.Pull the support rod from the hood.4.Hold the hood open with the support

rod.

HOOD

OFD047021 OFD047022 OFD047016

WARNING - Hot partsGrasp the support rod in the areawrapped in rubber. The rubber willhelp prevent you from being burnedby hot metal when the engine ishot.

Page 93: i30

Features of your vehicle

204

D090200AUN

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the hood until it is about 30 cm(1 ft.) above the closed position and letit drop. Make sure that it locks intoplace.

WARNING - Hood• Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removedfrom the hood opening. Closingthe hood with an obstructionpresent in the hood opening mayresult in property damage orsevere personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING • Always double check to be sure

that the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could fly openwhile the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility,which might result in an accident.

• The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole providedin the hood whenever you inspectthe engine compartment.This willprevent the hood from falling andpossibly injuring you.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood in the raised position, asvision is obstructed and the hoodcould fall or be damaged.

Page 94: i30

4 21

Features of your vehicle

D0100100AFD

Opening the fuel filer lidThe fuel-filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up on thefuel-filler lid opener located on the frontfloor area on the driver’s seat.

!! NOTICEIf the fuel-filler lid will not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radi-ator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel

filler lid opener up.3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully

open.4. To remove the cap (2), turn the fuel

tank cap counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

D100200AUN

Closing the fuel filer lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it light-ly and make sure that it is securelyclosed.

FUEL FILLER LID

OHD046014 OUN026020

Page 95: i30

Features of your vehicle

224

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.

• When using a portable fuel con-tainer be sure to place the con-tainer on the ground prior to refu-eling. Static electricity dischargefrom the container can ignite fuelvapors causing a fire. Once refu-eling has begun, contact with thevehicle should be maintaineduntil the filling is complete.

(Continued)

D100300AFD

WARNING - Refueling dan-gers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warning at the

gas station facility.• Before refueling note the location

of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas stationfacility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Always removethe fuel cap carefully and slowly.If the cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

Page 96: i30

4 23

Features of your vehicle

(Continued)Use only portable plastic fuelcontainers designed to carry andstore gasoline.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

• When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before startingthe engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially duringrefueling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refuel-

ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local fire depart-ment. Follow any safety instruc-tions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel with unleaded

fuel only.• If the fuel filler cap requires

replacement, use only a genuineHYUNDAI cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap can resultin a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission controlsystem.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not spill fuel on the exterior

surfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the event ofan accident.

Page 97: i30

Features of your vehicle

244

D110000AUN

If your vehicle is equipped with this fea-ture, you can slide or tilt your sunroofwith the sunroof control buttons locatedon the overhead console.1. Slide button2. Tilt button3. Close button

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

!! NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, sunroof may

not work properly due to freezingconditions.

• After washing the car or after there israin, be sure to wipe off any waterthat is on the sunroof before operatingit.

!! NOTICEThe sunroof cannot slide when it is inthe tilt position nor can it be tilted whilein an open or slide position.

D110100AFD

Sliding the sunroof To open the sunroof (autoslide feature),press the slide button (1) on the over-head console for more than 0.5 second.The sunroof will slide to the recommend-ed open position (about 50mm before themaximum slide open position).To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,press any sunroof control button.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OFD047023

CAUTIONDo not continue to press the sun-roof control button(s) after the sun-roof is in the fully open, closed, ortilt position(s). Damage to the motoror system components could occur.

WARNING Never adjust the sunshade whiledriving. This could result in loss ofcontrol and an accident that maycause death, serious injury, orproperty damage.

OFD047024

1

3

Page 98: i30

4 25

Features of your vehicle

To open the sunroof to the maximumslide open position, press the slide but-ton (1) once again and hold it until thesunroof slide all the way open.

!! NOTICETo reduce wind noise while driving, werecommend you to drive at the recom-mended postion (about 50mm before themaximum slide open positon).

To close the sunroof (autoslide feature),press the close button (3) on the over-head console for more than 0.5 second.The sunroof will slide all the way close.Tostop the sunroof sliding at any point,press any sunroof control button.

D110101AUN

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunroof is closing automati-cally, it will reverse direction, and thenstop.Auto reverse function does not work if atiny obstacle is between the sliding glassand the sunroof sash. You should alwayscheck that all passengers and objectsare away from the sunroof before closingit.

D110200AUN

Tilting the sunroof To open the sunroof (autotilt feature),press the tilt button (2) on the overheadconsole for more than 0.5 second.The sunroof will tilt all the way open. Tostop the sunroof tilting at any point, pressany sunroof control button.To close the sunroof, press the close but-ton (3) on the overhead console and holdit until the sunroof is closed.

OFD047025OUN026027

Page 99: i30

Features of your vehicle

264

D110300AUN

Sunshade The sunshade will be opened with theglass panel automatically when the glasspanel is slid. You will have to close itmanually if you want it closed.

OUN026031

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that someone’s head,

hands and body are not trappedby a closing sunroof.

• Do not extend face, neck, arms orbody outside through the sunroofopening while driving.

• Make sure hand and face aresafely out of the way before clos-ing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

• The sunroof is made to slidetogether with sunshade. Do notleave the sunshade closed whilethe sunroof is open.

Page 100: i30

4 27

Features of your vehicle

D110400AFD

In case of an emergency If the sunroof does not open electrically:1. Open the sunglass holder.2. Remove the two (2) screws, and then

remove the overhead console.

3. Insert the emergency handle (providedwith the vehicle) and turn the handleclockwise to open or counterclockwiseto close.

D110500AUN

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, or you use theemergency handle to operate the sun-roof, you have to reset your sunroof sys-tem as follows:

1. Turn the ignition key to the ON posi-tion.

2. According to the position of the sun-roof, do as follows.1) in case the sunroof has closed

completely or been tilted :Press the tilt button until the sun-roof tilts completely upward.

2) in case that the sunroof has slide-opened:Press and hold the close button(for more than 5 seconds) until thesunroof has closed completely.Press the tilt button until the sun-roof has tilted upward completely.

3. Release the tilt button.4. Press and hold the tilt button (for

more than 10 seconds) until the sun-roof has returned to the original posi-tion of tilt after it is raised a little high-er than the maximum tilt position.Then, release the button.

OFD047026 OFD047027

Page 101: i30

Features of your vehicle

284

5. Press and hold the tilt button (formore than 5 seconds) until the sun-roof is operated as follows;

TILT DOWN ! SLIDE OPEN !SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the button.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem is reset.

Page 102: i30

4 29

Features of your vehicle

D130200AFD

Electronic power steering Power steering uses the motor to assistyou in steering the vehicle. If the engineis off or if the power steering systembecomes inoperative, the vehicle maystill be steered, but it will requireincreased steering effort.The motor driven power steering is con-trolled by power steering control unitwhich sense the steering wheel torque,steering wheel position and vehiclespeed to command the motor.The steering wheel becomes heavier asthe vehicle’s speed increases andbecomes lighter as the vehicle’s speeddecreases for the better control of thesteering wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

!! NOTICEThe following symptoms may occur dur-ing normal vehicle operation:• The EPS warning light does not illumi-

nate.• The steering wheel becomes heavier

after turning the ignition switch on.This happens as the system performsthe EPS system diagnostics. When thediagnostics is completed, the steeringwheel will return to its normal condi-tion.

• Click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isturned to the ON or LOCK position.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low drivingspeed.

• The steering effort can suddenlyincrease, if the operation of EPS sys-tem is stopped to prevent serious acci-dents when the malfunction of EPSsystem is detected by self-diagnosis.

D130300AFD

Tilt steering A tilt steering wheel allows you to adjustthe steering wheel before you drive. Youcan also raise it to give your legs moreroom when you exit and enter the vehicle(if equipped).

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

STEERING WHEEL

Page 103: i30

Features of your vehicle

304

To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2) and height (if equipped) (3), then pullup the lock-release lever to lock thesteering wheel in place. Be sure to adjustthe steering wheel to the desired positionbefore driving.

D130500AUN

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

!! NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The hornwill operate only when this area ispressed.

WARNING• Never adjust the angle and height

of steering wheel while driving.You may lose your steering con-trol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

OFD047028

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

OFD047029

Page 104: i30

4 31

Features of your vehicle

D140100AUN

Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror to center onthe view through the rear window. Makethis adjustment before you start driving.

D140101AUN

Day/night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of vehi-cles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

D140102AUN

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)(if equipped)The electric rearview mirror automatical-ly controls the glare from the headlightsof the car behind you in nighttime or lowlight driving conditions. The sensormounted in the mirror senses the lightlevel around the vehicle, and automati-cally controls the headlight glare fromvehicles behind you.When the engine is running, the glare isautomatically controlled by the sensormounted in the rearview mirror.Whenever the shift lever is shifted intoreverse (R), the mirror will automaticallygo to the brightest setting in order toimprove the drivers view behind the vehi-cle.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision out therear window.

OFD047030

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror as that may cause the liq-uid cleaner to enter the mirror hous-ing.

Page 105: i30

Features of your vehicle

324

To operate the electric rearview mirror• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn

the automatic dimming function on.The mirror indicator light will illuminate.Press the ON/OFF button to turn theautomatic dimming function off. Themirror indicator light will turn off.

• The mirror defaults to the ON positionwhenever the ignition switch is turnedon.

D140200AUN

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. The mir-ror heads can be folded back to preventdamage during an automatic car wash orwhen passing in a narrow street.

WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The right outside rearview mirroris convex. In some countries, theleft outside rearview mirror isalso convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

OFD047031

Page 106: i30

4 33

Features of your vehicle

D140201AFD

Remote controlManual typeThe outside rearview mirrors areequipped with a remote control for yourconvenience. It is operated by the controllever in the bottom front corner of thewindow.Before driving away, always check thatyour mirrors are positioned so you cansee behind you, both to the left and rightsides, as well as directly behind yourvehicle. When using the mirror, alwaysexercise caution when attempting tojudge the distance of vehicles behind oralong side of you.

Electric type (if equipped)The electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror, movethe lever (1) to R or L to select the rightside mirror or the left side mirror, thenpress a corresponding point on the mirroradjustment control to position the select-ed mirror up, down, left or right.After adjustment, put the lever into neu-tral position to prevent the inadvertentadjustment.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

OFD047032B510A01E

Page 107: i30

Features of your vehicle

344

D140202AFD

Folding the outside rearview mirrorManual typeTo fold outside rearview mirror, grasp thehousing of mirror and then fold it towardthe rear of the vehicle.

Electric type (if equipped)To fold the outside rearview mirror,depress the button.To unfold it, depress the button again.

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch isdepressed. Do not depress theswitch longer than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the parts.

B510E01E OFD047033

CAUTIONIn case of the electric type of out-side rearview mirror, don’t fold it byhand. It could cause the failure ofthe motor.

Page 108: i30

4 35

Features of your vehicle

D150000AFD

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer 2. Engine temperature gauge3. Fuel gauge4. Speedometer5. Turn signal indicators6. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped)7. Odometer/Trip computer (if equipped)

OFD047034

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.For more details refer to the "Gauges" in the next pages.

Page 109: i30

Features of your vehicle

364

D150100AFD

Instrument panel illumination (if equipped)When the vehicle’s parking lights or head-lights are on, rotate the illumination con-trol knob to adjust the instrument panelillumination intensity.The instrument cluster illumination intensitycan be adjusted by rotating the control knobwith the headlight switch in any positionwhen the ignition switch is in ON position.

GaugesD150201AUN

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in milesper hour and/or kilometers per hour.

OFD047038

Type C

OFD047035

OFD047035R

Left-Hand drive type

Right-Hand drive type

OFD047036

Type A

Type B

OFD047037

Page 110: i30

4 37

Features of your vehicle

D150202AFD

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.The tachometer pointer may move slight-ly when the ignition switch is in ACC orON position with the engine OFF. Thismovement is normal and will not affectthe accuracy of the tachometer once theengine is running.

D150203AUN

Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in section 6.

OFD047041

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“H” position, it indicates overheat-ing that may damage the engine.

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

OFD047039/OFD047040

Gasoline Type A Type BDiesel

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE. Thismay cause severe engine damage.

Page 111: i30

Features of your vehicle

384

D150204AUN

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given insection 9. The fuel gauge is supplement-ed by a low fuel warning light, which willilluminate when the fuel tank is nearlyempty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual due to the movement of fuel in thetank.

D150205AFD

Odometer/Tripmeter (if equipped)Odometer (km or MI)The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

!! NOTICEIt is forbidden that alteration of theodometer of any vehicle with the intentto change the mileage registered on theodometer. The alteration may void yourwarranty coverage.

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE level.

OFD047043OFD047042

Type A Type B

Page 112: i30

4 39

Features of your vehicle

Tripmeter (km or MI)The tripmeter indicates the distance ofindividual trip selected by the driver.Tripmeter can be reset to 0 by pressingthe TRIP button for 1 second or more,and then releasing.

D150206AFD

Trip computer (if equipped)The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to driving,including distance to empty, tripmeter,average fuel consumption and averagespeed on the display when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. All storeddriving information (except odometer) isreset if the battery is disconnected. Theodometer is always displayed until thedisplay is turned off.

Push the TRIP button for less than 1 sec-ond to select distance to empty, averagefuel consumption, average speed or trip-meter function as follows :

OFD047049 OFD047045

Average fuel consumption

Average speed

Tripmeter

Distance to empty

Page 113: i30

Features of your vehicle

404

Distance to emptyThis mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 50 km (30miles), “----” will be displayed and the dis-tance to empty indicator will blink.The meter’s working range is from 50 to999 km (30 to 999 miles).

!! NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6gallons) of fuel are added to the vehi-cle.

• The fuel consumption and distance toempty values may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This value may differ from the actualdriving distance available.

Average fuel consumption This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average con-sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-culated from the fuel consumption input.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 50 m (0.03 mile).The meter's working range is from 0.1 to199.9 l/100 km (0.1 to 199.9 miles pergallon).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the average fuel consump-tion is being displayed, clears the aver-age fuel consumption to zero (----).

OFD047046 OFD047047

Page 114: i30

4 41

Features of your vehicle

Average speed (km/h or mph)This mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps going while theengine is running.The meter's working range is from 0 to240 km/h (0 to 150 mph).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the average speed isbeing displayed, clears the averagespeed to zero (----).

Tripmeter (km or miles)This mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trip since the last tripmeter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to999.9 km (miles).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second when the tripmeter is being dis-played clears the tripmeter to zero (0.0).

D150300AFD

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention. When releasing theparking brake, the brake system warninglight should go off. The fuel warning lightwill stay on if the fuel level is low.

D150302AFD

Air bag warning light (if equipped)

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when the SRSis not working properly. If the AIRBAGwarning light does not come on, or con-tinuously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OFD047048

Averagespeed

Odometer

OFD047049

Tripmeter

Odometer

Page 115: i30

Features of your vehicle

424

D150335AFD

Passenger’s front air bagOFF indicator(if equipped)The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-cator illuminates for about 4 secondsafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position.The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-cator also comes on when the passen-ger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch is setto OFF position and turns off when thepassenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switchis set to ON position.

D150303AFD

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light (if equipped)This light illuminates if the ignition switchis turned to ON and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-ing normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat there may be a problem with theABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible. The normal brakingsystem will still be operational, but with-out the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

Electronic brake force distri-bution (EBD) system warninglightIf two warning lights illumi-nate at the same time whiledriving, your vehicle mayhave a malfunction with ABSand EBD system.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

CAUTIONIf there is a malfunction of the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch, the passenger’s front airbag OFF indicator will not illumi-nate and the passenger’s front airbag will inflate in frontal impactcrashes even if the passenger’sfront air bag ON/OFF switch is setto OFF position.If this occurs, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch and the SRS air bag systemas soon as possible.

WARNINGIf the both ABS and Brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally. So you may experiencean unexpected and dangerous situ-ation during sudden braking. In thiscase, avoid high speed driving andabrupt braking. Have your vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

Page 116: i30

4 43

Features of your vehicle

D150304AFD

Seat belt warning

Type AAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened afterthe ignition switch is ON, the seat beltwarning light blinks again for approxi-mately 6 seconds. (if equipped)If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned ON orif it is unfastened after the ignition switchis ON, the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 6 seconds. Atthis time, if the seat belt is fastened, thechime will stop at once. (if equipped)

Type BAs a reminder to the driver and front pas-senger, the driver’s and front passenger’sseat belt warning lights will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch ON regardless ofbelt fastening.If the driver’s or front passenger’s seatbelt is not fastened when the ignitionswitch is turned ON or if it is disconnect-ed after the ignition switch is turn ON, thecorresponding seat belt warning light willilluminate or blink until the belt is fas-tened.If the driver's or front passenger’s seatbelt is not fastened when the ignitionswitch is turned ON and you drive over20 km/h, the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 100 seconds.If the driver's or front passenger’s seatbelt is disconnected after the ignitionswitch is turn ON and you drive over 20km/h, the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 100 seconds.After 100 seconds, if the seat belt is con-nected and disconnected again, the seatbelt warning chime will sound again.

D150305AFD

Turn signal indicator lights

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,a malfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your dealer should be consult-ed for repairs.This indicator also blinks when the haz-ard warning switch is turned on.

D150306AUN

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

Page 117: i30

Features of your vehicle

444

D150307AFD

Engine oil pressure warn-ing

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

D150308AFD

Parking brake & brakefluid warning

Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off when the parkingbrake is released.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have it towed to any authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for a brake systeminspection and necessary repairs.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the car assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer beforethe car is driven again.

Page 118: i30

4 45

Features of your vehicle

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if oneof the dual systems should fail. With onlyone of the dual systems working, morethan normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thecar. Also, the car will not stop in as shorta distance with only a portion of thebrake system working. If the brakes failwhile you are driving, shift to a lower gearfor additional engine braking and stop thecar as soon as it is safe to do so.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

D150331AFD

Low tire pressure telltale (if equipped)

Low tire pressure positiontelltale (if equipped)

The low tire pressure and position tell-tales come on for 3 seconds after theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion.If the warning lights do not come on, orcontinuously remain on after coming onfor about 3 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position, theTire Pressure Monitoring System is notworking properly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.This warning lights will also illuminate ifone or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. The low tire pressure posi-tion telltale will indicate which tire is signif-icantly under-inflated by illuminating thecorresponding position light. You shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible. If the warning lights illuminatewhile driving, reduce vehicle speedimmediately and stop the vehicle. Avoidhard braking and overcorrecting at thesteering wheel. Inflate the tires to theproper pressure as indicated on the vehi-cle’s tire information placard.

D150332AEN

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System) malfunction indicator (if equipped)The TPMS malfunction indicator comeson for 3 seconds after the ignition switchis turned to the ON position. If the warn-ing light does not come on, or continu-ously remains on after coming on forabout 3 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position, theTire Pressure Monitoring System is notworking properly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

WARNING - Low tire pres-sure

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable and cancontribute to loss of vehicle controland increased braking distances.Continued driving on low pressuretires will cause the tires to overheatand fail.

TPMS

Page 119: i30

Features of your vehicle

464

The warning light also comes on andstays on when there is a problem with theTire Pressure Monitoring System.If this happens, the system may not mon-itor the tire pressure. Have the systemchecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

D150309AUN

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

This light comes on when the front foglights are ON.

D150310AFD

Rear fog light Indicator (If equipped)

This light comes on when the rear foglights are ON.

D150312AUN

Shift pattern indicators(if equipped)

The indicator displays to show the auto-matic transaxle shift lever selection.

D150313AFD

Charging system warning

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light comes on while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer correct the problemas soon as possible.

WARNING - Safe stopping• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire damagecaused by external factors.

• If you feel any vehicle instability,immediately take your foot off theaccelerator, apply the brakesgradually and with light force,and slowly move to a safe posi-tion off the road.

Page 120: i30

4 47

Features of your vehicle

D150315AUN

Tailgate open warning light

This warning light blinks when the tail-gate is not closed securely with the igni-tion in any position.

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with the igni-tion in any position.

D150317AFD

Immobilizer indicator (if equipped)

This light illuminates when the immobiliz-er key is inserted and turned to the ONposition to start the engine.At this time, you can start the engine.Thelight goes out after the engine is running.If this light blinks when the ignition switchis in the ON position before starting theengine, have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

D150318AFD

Low fuel level warning (if equipped)

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” (or 0) cancause the engine to misfire and damagethe catalytic converter.

D150319AUN

Low washer fluid levelwarning indicator (if equipped)This warning light indicates the washerfluid reservoir is near empty. Refill thewasher fluid as soon as possible.

D150320AFD

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates while driving, it indi-cates that a potential problem has beendetected somewhere in the emissioncontrol system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition key is turned to the ON posi-tion, take your vehicle to your nearestauthorized HYUNDAI dealer and havethe system checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly.

Page 121: i30

Features of your vehicle

484

D150323AUN-EE

ESP indicator (ElectronicStability Program) (if equipped)The ESP indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds.When the ESP is on, it monitors thedriving conditions and under normal driv-ing conditions, the ESP light will remainoff. When a slippery or low traction con-dition is encountered, the ESP will oper-ate, and the ESP indicator will blink toindicate the ESP is operating.

D150324AFD

ESP OFF indicator (if equipped)

The ESP OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESP OFF mode,press the ESP OFF button. The ESPOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESP is deactivated. If this indicatorstays on when ESP OFF is not selected,the ESP may have a malfunction. Takeyour car to an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er and have the system checked.

!! NOTICEAfter reconnecting or recharging a dis-charged battery, the ESP OFF indicatormay illuminate. In this case, turn thesteering wheel half way to the left andright while the ignition switch is in theON position. Then, restart the engineafter the ignition is off. If the ESP OFFindicator does not turn off, have the sys-tem checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

D150325AFD

Cruise indicator (if equipped)

CRUISE indicatorThe indicator light illuminates when thecruise control system is enabled.The cruise indicator light in the instru-ment cluster is illuminated when thecruise control ON/OFF button on thesteering wheel is pushed.The indicator light turns off when thecruise control ON/OFF button is pushedagain. For more Information about theuse of cruise control, refer to section 5,“Cruise control system”.

CAUTION• Prolonged driving with the

Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nated may cause damage to theemission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

• If the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nates, potential catalytic converterdamage is possible which couldresult in loss of engine power.Have the Engine Control Systeminspected as soon as possible byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

ESP

CAUTION - Diesel engine(if equipped)

If the malfunction indicator light blink-ing, have the Particulate Filter Systeminspected by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer (before driving more than 50km/31 miles).

ESPOFF

CRUISE

Page 122: i30

4 49

Features of your vehicle

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise function switch (COAST/SET orRES/ACCEL) is ON.The cruise SET indicator light in theinstrument cluster is illuminated whenthe cruise control switch (COAST/SET orRES/ACCEL) is pushed. The cruise SETindicator light does not illuminate whenthe cruise control switch (CANCEL) ispushed or the system is disengaged.

D150327AUN

Key reminder warning chime (if equipped)If the driver’s door is opened while theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thisis to prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

D150328AFD

Glow indicator (Dieselengine)

The indicator light illuminates when theignition switch is placed at the ON posi-tion. The engine can be started after thepreheat indicator light goes off. The illu-minating time varies with the water tem-perature, air temperature and batterycondition.

!! NOTICEIf the engine was not started within 10seconds after the preheating is complet-ed, turn the ignition key once more tothe LOCK position during 10 seconds,and then to the ON position, in order topreheat again.

D150329AFD

Fuel filter warning light(Diesel engine)

This warning light illuminates for 3 sec-onds after the ignition switch is set to theON position and then it will go out. If itlights up while the engine is running, itindicates that water has accumulatedinside the fuel filter. If this happens,remove the water from the fuel filter. Formore Information, refer to section 7,“Fuel filter”.

SET

CAUTIONIf the preheat indicator light contin-ues to illuminate or flash on and offafter the engine has warmed up orwhile driving, check the system byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTIONWhen the fuel filter warning light isilluminated, engine power (vehiclespeed & idle speed) may decrease.If you keep driving with the warninglight on, you can damage your vehi-cle's engine parts and injection sys-tem of the Common Rail. If thisoccurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealeras soon as possible.

Page 123: i30

Features of your vehicle

504

D150330AFD

Overspeed warning (if equipped)

Overspeed warning lightIf you drive with the speed of 120 km/h ormore, the overspeed warning light willblink. This is to prevent you from drivingyour vehicle with overspeed.

Overspeed warning chimeIf you drive with the speed of 120 km/h ormore, the overspeed warning chime willsound for about 5 seconds. This is to pre-vent you from driving your vehicle withoverspeed.

D150334AFD

Electronic power steering(EPS) system warning light

This indicator light comes on after theignition key is turned to the ON positionand then it will go out after the engine isstarted.This light also comes on when the EPShas some troubles. If it comes on whiledriving, have your vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

D150339AFD

Stop light failure warning (if equipped)

This warning light indicates the corre-sponding stop light is malfunctioned.

EPS

120km/h

Page 124: i30

4 51

Features of your vehicle

D170000AEN

The rear parking assist system assiststhe driver during backward movement ofthe vehicle by chiming if any object issensed within a distance of 120 cm (47in.) behind the vehicle. This system is asupplemental system and it is not intend-ed to nor does it replace the need forextreme care and attention of the driver.The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the back sensors are limit-ed. Whenever backing-up, pay as muchattention to what is behind you as youwould in a vehicle without a rear parkingassist system.

Operation of the rear parkingassist systemD170101AEN

Operating condition• This system will activate when backing

up with the ignition switch ON.If the vehicle is moving at a speed over5 km/h (3 mph), the system may not beactivated correctly.

• The sensing distance while the rearparking assist system is in operation isapproximately 120 cm (47 in.).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the closestone will be recognized first.

D170102AEN

Types of warning sound• When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm (47

in. to 32 in.) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps intermittently.

• When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm (31in. to 16 in.) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps more frequently.

• When an object is within 40 cm (15 in.)of the rear bumper:Buzzer sounds continuously.

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OFD047050

WARNINGThe rear parking assist system is asupplementary function only. Theoperation of the rear parking assistsystem can be affected by severalfactors (including environmentalconditions). It is the responsibilityof the driver to always check thearea behind the vehicle before andwhile backing up.

Sensors

Page 125: i30

Features of your vehicle

524

D170200AEN

Non-operational conditions ofrear parking assist systemThe rear parking assist system maynot operate properly when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will

operate normally when the moisturehas been cleared.)

2. The sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, or thesensor cover is blocked. (It will operatenormally when the material is removedor the sensor is no longer blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradi-ent).

4. Objects generating excessive noise(vehicle horns, loud motorcycleengines, or truck air brakes) are withinrange of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones

are within range of the sensor.7. The sensor is covered with snow.8. Trailer towing

The detecting range may decreasewhen:1. The sensor is stained with foreign mat-

ter such as snow or water. (The sens-ing range will return to normal whenremoved.)

2. Outside air temperature is extremelyhot or cold.

The following objects may not be rec-ognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,

chains or small poles.2. Objects which tend to absorb the sen-

sor frequency such as clothes, spongymaterial or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m(40 in.) in height and narrower than 14cm (6 in.) in diameter.

D170300AEN

Rear parking assist system pre-cautions• The rear parking assist system may

not sound sequentially depending onthe speed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

• The rear parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation has beenmodified or damaged. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensor per-formance.

• The sensor may not recognize objectsless than 40 cm (15 in.) from the sen-sor, or it may sense an incorrect dis-tance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen or stainedwith snow, dirt, or water, the sensormay be inoperative until the stains areremoved using a soft cloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike the sen-sor. Sensor damage could occur.

Page 126: i30

4 53

Features of your vehicle

!! NOTICEThis system can only sense objects with-in the range and location of the sensors;It can not detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed. Also,small or slim objects, such as poles orobjects located between sensors may notbe detected by the sensors.Always visually check behind the vehi-cle when backing up.Be sure to inform any drivers of thevehicle that may be unfamiliar with thesystem regarding the systems capabili-ties and limitations.

D170400AFD

Self-diagnosisIf you don’t hear an audible warningsound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-tently when shifting the gear to the R(Reverse) position, this may indicate amalfunction in the rear parking assist sys-tem. If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

WARNINGPay close attention when the vehi-cle is driven close to objects on theroad, particularly pedestrians, andespecially children. Be aware thatsome objects may not be detectedby the sensors, due to the object’sdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effectiveness ofthe sensor. Always perform a visu-al inspection to make sure the vehi-cle is clear of all obstructionsbefore moving the vehicle in anydirection.

WARNINGYour new vehicle warranty does notcover any accidents or damage tothe vehicle or injuries to its occu-pants due to a rear parking assistsystem malfunction. Always drivesafely and cautiously.

Page 127: i30

Features of your vehicle

544

D180000AUN

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.

The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignitionswitch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OFD067001

OFD067002

Type A

Type B

Page 128: i30

4 55

Features of your vehicle

D190100AUN

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the small light when the driverremoves the ignition key and opens thedriver- side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willbe turned off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed, per-form the following :1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

D190200AFD

Headlight escort function (if equipped)The headlights (and/or taillights) remainon for approximately 20 minutes after theignition key is removed or turned to theACC or LOCK position. However, if the dri-ver’s door is opened and closed, theheadlights are turned off after 30 seconds.The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the transmit-ter twice or turning off the light switchfrom the headlight or Auto light position.

D190400AUN

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

D190401AUN

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position (1st position), the tail, posi-tion, license and instrument panel lightsare ON.

LIGHTING

OFD047051 OFD047052

Page 129: i30

Features of your vehicle

564

D190402AUN

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition (2nd position) the head, tail,position, license and instrument panellights are ON.

!! NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

D190403AUN

Auto light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTO lightposition, the taillights and headlights willbe turned ON or OFF automaticallydepending on the amount of light outsidethe vehicle.

OFD047054

CAUTION• Never place anything over sensor

(1) located on the instrumentpanel, this will ensure better auto-light system control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner, the cleaner mayleave a light film which couldinterfere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of coating on thefront windshield, the Auto lightsystem may not work properly.

OFD047053

Page 130: i30

4 57

Features of your vehicle

D190500AUN

High - beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high-beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switchedon.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

Flashing headlights To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low-beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

D190600AUN

Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). Green arrow indicators on the instru-ment panel indicate which turn signal isoperating. They will self-cancel after aturn is completed. If the indicator contin-ues to flash after a turn, manually returnthe lever to the OFF position.

OFD047055 OFD047056 OFD047057

Page 131: i30

Features of your vehicle

584

To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

!! NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, bulb may be burned out or havea poor electrical connection in the cir-cuit. D190700AFD

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility and avoid accidents when visibil-ity is poor due to fog, rain or snow etc.The fog lights will turn on when fog lightswitch (1) is turned to on position (2) afterthe parklight is turned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the switchto on position (2) again.

D190800AFD

Rear fog light (if equipped) To turn the rear fog lights on, turn theheadlight switch to the headlight on posi-tion and turn the rear fog light switch tothe on position (3).

OFD047058 OFD047059

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.

Page 132: i30

4 59

Features of your vehicle

The rear fog lights turn on when the rearfog light switch is turned on after the frontfog light switch is turned on and theheadlight switch to the parklight position.To turn the rear fog lights off, turn the rearfog light switch to the on position again orturn the headlight switch off.

D190900AUN

Daytime running light (if equipped)Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can makeit easier for others to see the front of yourvehicle during the day. DRL can be help-ful in many different driving conditions,and it is especially helpful after dawn andbefore sunset.The DRL system will make the head-lights turn OFF when:1. The parklight switch is ON.2. Engine stops.

D191000AFD

Headlight leveling device (if equipped)To adjust the headlight beam levelaccording to the number of the passen-gers and the loading weight in the lug-gage area, turn the beam leveling switch.

The higher the number of the switchposition, the lower the headlight beamlevel. Always keep the headlight beam atthe proper leveling position, or headlightsmay dazzle other road users.Listed below are the examples of properswitch settings. For loading conditionsother than those listed below, adjust theswitch position so that the beam levelmay be the nearest as the conditionobtained according to the list.

OFD047060

OFD047060R

Left-hand drive type

Right-hand drive type Loading condition

Driver only

Driver + front passenger

Full passengers

(including driver)

Full passengers (including

driver) + full trunk loading

(or light trailer loading)

Driver + full trunk loading

(or maximum trailer load-

ing)

Switch position

0

0

1

2

3

Page 133: i30

Features of your vehicle

604

WIPERS AND WASHERS

D200100AFD

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.

: For a single wiping cycle, push thelever downward and release it withthe lever in the 0 position. Thewipers will operate continuously ifthe lever is pushed downward andheld.

0 : Wiper is not in operation.

INT : Wiper operates intermittently atthe same wiping intervals. Usethis mode in a light rain or mist. Tovary the speed setting, turn thespeed control knob(1).

1 : Normal wiper speed2 : Fast wiper speed

!! NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

D200101AEN

Auto control (if equipped)The rain sensor located on the upper endof the windshield glass senses theamount of rainfall and controls the wipingcycle for the proper interval. The more itrains, the faster the wiper operates. Whenthe rain stops, the wiper stops.To vary thespeed setting, turn the speed controlknob (1).

OFD047061 OFD047062

Page 134: i30

4 61

Features of your vehicle

If the ignition switch is turned ON whenthe wiper switch is set in AUTO mode, orthe wiper switch is set in AUTO modewhen the ignition switch is ON, or thespeed control knob is turned upwardwhen the wiper switch is in AUTO mode,the wiper will operate once to perform aself-check of the system. Set the wiper toOFF position when the wiper is not inuse.

D200200AUN

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluidto the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

OFD047064CAUTION

When the ignition switch is ON andthe windshield wiper switch isplaced in the AUTO mode, use cau-tion in the following situations toavoid any injury to the hands orother parts of the body:• Do not touch the upper end of the

windshield glass facing the rainsensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end of thewindshield glass with a damp orwet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on the wind-shield glass.

CAUTIONWhen washing the vehicle, set thewiper switch in the OFF position tostop the auto wiper operation.The wiper may operate and be dam-aged if the switch is set in the AUTOmode while washing the vehicle.Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of the pas-senger side windshield glass.Damage to system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyour vehicle warranty.When starting the vehicle in winter,set the wiper switch in the OFFposition. Otherwise, wipers mayoperate and ice may damage thewindshield wiper blades. Alwaysremove all snow and ice and defrostthe windshield properly prior tooperating the windshield wipers.

Page 135: i30

Features of your vehicle

624

D200300AFD

Rear window wiper and washerswitch (if equipped)The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of the wiperand washer switch lever. Turn the switchto desired position to operate the rearwiper and washer.

- Spraying washer fluid and wiping- Normal wiper operation

0 - Wiper is not in operation- Spraying washer fluid and wiping

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze oncontact with the windshield andobscure your vision.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

OFD047065

Page 136: i30

4 63

Features of your vehicle

D210000AUN

D210100AFD

Map lamp (if equipped)Push in the map lamp lens (1) to turn thelight on or off. This light produces a spotbeam for convenient use as a map lampat night or as a personal lamp for thedriver and the passenger.

• DOOR (2) :In the DOOR position, the light comes onwhen any door is opened regardless ofthe ignition switch position.When doors are unlocked by the trans-mitter, the light comes on for approxi-mately 30 seconds as long as any door isnot open. The light goes out graduallyafter approximately 30 seconds if thedoor is closed. However, if the ignitionswitch is ON or all doors are locked, thelight will turn off immediately.If a door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or LOCK position, thelight stays on for about 20 minutes.However, if a door is opened with theignition switch in the ON position, thelight stays on continuously.

INTERIOR LIGHT

OFD047067

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when engine isnot running.It may cause battery discharge.

Page 137: i30

Features of your vehicle

644

D210200AFD

Dome lamp• ON (1):In the ON position, the light stays on at alltimes.

• DOOR (2) :In the DOOR position, the light comes onwhen any door is opened regardless ofthe ignition switch position.When doors are unlocked by the trans-mitter, the light comes on for approxi-mately 30 seconds as long as any door isnot open. The light goes out graduallyafter approximately 30 seconds if thedoor is closed. However, if the ignitionswitch is ON or all doors are locked, thelight will turn off immediately.If a door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or LOCK position, thelight stays on for about 20 minutes.However, if a door is opened with theignition switch in the ON position, thelight stays on continuously.

• OFF (3) :In the OFF position, the light stays off atall times even when a door is open.

D210300AFD

Luggage room lampThe luggage room lamp comes on whenthe tailgate is opened.

OFD047130

CAUTIONDo not leave the switch in this posi-tion for an extended period of timewhen the vehicle is not running.

OFD047068

1 32

Page 138: i30

4 65

Features of your vehicle

D210500AUN

Glove box lamp (if equipped)The glove box lamp comes on when theglove box is opened.The parking lights or headlights must beON for the glove box lamp to function.

D210600AUN

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)Opening the lid of the vanity mirror willautomatically turn on the mirror light.

D220000AUN

!! NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog on thefront windshield, refer to “WindshieldDefrosting and Defogging” in this sec-tion.

OFD047070OFD047069

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

DEFROSTER

Page 139: i30

Features of your vehicle

664

D220100AUN

Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from theinterior and exterior of the rear window,while engine is running.

To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

D220101AUN

Outside mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side mirror defrosters, they will operate atthe same time you turn on the rear win-dow defroster.

D220200AUN

Front windshield deicer (if equipped)The engine must be running to enablethis feature. To activate the front wind-shield deicer, press the front windshielddeicer button. The indicator on the buttonilluminates when the deicer is ON. Thefront windshield deicer automaticallyturns off after 20 minutes or when theignition switch is turned off. To turn off thedeicer, press the front windshield deicerbutton again.

OFD047071

OFD047072

Type A

Type BOFD047073

Page 140: i30

4 67

Features of your vehicle

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OFD047074

D230000AFD

1. Temperature control knob2. Fan speed control knob3. Mode buttons

4. Air conditioning button (if equipped)5. Air intake control buttons6. Front window defroster button7. Rear window defroster button

Page 141: i30

Features of your vehicle

684

D230100AUN

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.5. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the

air conditioning system (if equipped)on.

OFD047076

Page 142: i30

4 69

Features of your vehicle

D230101AFD

Mode selectionThe mode buttons control the direction ofthe air flow through the ventilation sys-tem.Air can be directed to the floor, dashboardoutlets, or windshield. Five symbols areused to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor,Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.

Face-Level (B,D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)

Air flow is discharged towards the face andfloor.

Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defroster.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A,C, E, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

OFD047077

Page 143: i30

Features of your vehicle

704

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet port can be opened or closedseparately using the horizontal thumb-wheel. To close the vent, rotate it left tothe maximum position. To open the vent,rotate it right to the desired position.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

D230102AFD

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right position for warm air or left posi-tion for cooler air.

D230103AFD

Air intake control This is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OFD047078OFD047079 OFD047080

Page 144: i30

4 71

Features of your vehicle

Recirculated air position The indicator light on thebutton is illuminated whenthe recirculated air positionis selected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air frompassenger compartmentwill be drawn through theheating system and heatedor cooled according to thefunction selected.

Outside (fresh) air position The indicator light on thebutton is illuminated whenthe outside (fresh) air posi-tion is selected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

!! NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected will result in excessive-ly dry air in the passenger compart-ment.

WARNING• Continued climate control system

operation in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscurevisibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating sys-tem on. It may cause seriousharm or death due to a drop in theoxygen level and/or body temper-ature.

• Continued climate control systemoperation in the recirculated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake controlto the outside (fresh) air positionas much as possible while driv-ing.

Page 145: i30

Features of your vehicle

724

D230104AUN

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Setting the fan speed control knob to the“0” position turns off the fan.

D230105AUN

Air conditioning (if equipped) Push the A/C button to turn the air condi-tioning system on (indicator light will illu-minate). Push the button again to turn theair conditioning system off.

System operationD230501AUN

Ventilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

D230502AUN

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the , position.

OFD047081 OFD047082

Page 146: i30

4 73

Features of your vehicle

Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the car through the ventilationsystem, temporarily set the air intakecontrol to the recirculated air position.Be sure to return the control to thefresh air position when the irritationhas passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust temperaturecontrol to desired temperature.

D230503AFD

Air conditioning (if equipped) All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age to the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position then set the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

!! NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be runwith the windows closed.

Page 147: i30

Features of your vehicle

744

Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of win-dows on rainy or humid days, decreasethe humidity inside the vehicle by oper-ating the air conditioning system.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth if only for a few minutes toensure maximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristics.

D230300AFD

Climate control air filter (if equipped)The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

!! NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the car is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty, rough roads,more frequent climate control air fil-ter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate is suddenlydecreased, the system should bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

Page 148: i30

4 75

Features of your vehicle

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a bad influ-ence on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

!! NOTICEIt is important when servicing the airconditioning system that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system operationmay occur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper servicemay cause serious injury to theperson performing the service.

Page 149: i30

Features of your vehicle

764

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. Fan speed control button2. Air conditioning button3. Air intake control button4. Front windshield defrost button

5. AUTO (automatic control) button6. OFF button7. Temperature control knob8. Rear window defrost button

9. Mode selection button10. A/C display

OFD0471100

D240000AFD

Type A

Page 150: i30

4 77

Features of your vehicle

1. Fan speed control button2. Air intake control button3. AUTO (automatic control) button

4. OFF button5. Temperature control knob6. Front windshield defrost button

7. Air conditioning button8. Mode selection button9. A/C display

OFD0471101

Type B

Page 151: i30

Features of your vehicle

784

D240100AFD

Automatic heating and air condi-tioningThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows;

1. Push the AUTO button. It is indicatedby AUTO on the display. The modes,fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-tioning will be controlled automaticallyby temperature setting.

2. Turn the temperature control knob toset the desired temperature.If the temperature is set to the lowestsetting (Lo), the air conditioning sys-tem will operate continuously.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,press any button except temperaturecontrol knob. If you press the modeselection button, air-conditioning but-ton*, defrost button, air intake controlbutton* or fan speed button, the select-ed function will be controlled manuallywhile other functions operate automat-ically. (* : type B only)

Regardless of the temperature setting,when using automatic operation, the airconditioning system can automaticallyturn on to decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle, even if the temperature is setto warm.

!! NOTICENever place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OUN026312OFD047102

Page 152: i30

4 79

Features of your vehicle

D240200AUN

Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually as well by pushingbuttons other than the AUTO button. Inthis case, the system works sequentiallyaccording to the order of buttons select-ed.When pressing any button (or turningany knob) except AUTO button whileautomatic operation, the functions notselected will be controlled automatically.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.5. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the

air conditioning system on.Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

D240201AFD

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

Type A :If you push the button once, the corre-sponding switch will turn on, and if youpush the button again, the switch will turnoff.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield.

Also you may select 2~3 modes atthe same time for desired air flow.- face ( ) + floor ( ) mode- face ( ) + defrost ( ) mode- floor ( ) + defrost ( ) mode- face ( ) + floor ( ) +

defrost ( ) mode

OFD047103/OFD047104

Type A Type B

Page 153: i30

Features of your vehicle

804

Maximum (MAX) defrost mode When you select the MAX defrost mode,the following system settings will bemade automatically;• the air conditioning system will be

turned on.• the outside(fresh) air position will be

selected.• the fan speed will be set to the high

speed.To turn the MAX defrost mode off, pressthe mode button or MAX defrost buttonagain or AUTO button

Type B:The air flow outlet port is converted asfollows:

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)

Air flow is discharged towards the face andfloor.

Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defroster.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, E, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

OFD047124

Page 154: i30

4 81

Features of your vehicle

Defrost-level (A, D)Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet port can be opened or closedseparately using the horizontal thumb-wheel. To close the vent, rotate it left tothe maximum position. To open the vent,rotate it right to the desired position.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivered from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

D240202AUN

Temperature controlThe temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by turning the knob to theright extremely.The temperature will decrease to theminimum (Lo) by turning the knob to theleft extremely.When turning the knob, the temperaturewill increase or decrease by 0.5°C/1°F.When set to the lowest temperature set-ting, the air conditioning will operate con-tinuously.

OFD047105 OFD047079 OFD047107

Page 155: i30

Features of your vehicle

824

Temperature conversionIf the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Centigrade.This is normal condition. You can switchthe temperature mode betweenCentigrade to Fahrenheit as follows;While depressing the AUTO button,depress the OFF button for 3 seconds ormore. The display will change fromCentigrade to Fahrenheit, or fromFahrenheit to Centigrade.

D240203AFD

Air intake controlThis is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

Recirculated air positionThe indicator light on thebutton illuminates when therecirculated air position isselected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air frompassenger compartmentwill be drawn through theheating system and heatedor cooled according to thefunction selected.

Outside (fresh) air positionThe indicator light on thebutton does not illuminatewhen the outside (fresh) airposition is selected (type A).With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

OFD047108/OFD047109

Type A Type B

Page 156: i30

4 83

Features of your vehicle

!! NOTICEIt should be noted that prolonged oper-ation of the heating in recirculated airposition will cause fogging of the wind-shield and side windows and the airwithin the passenger compartment willbecome stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected, will result in excessive-ly dry air in the passenger compart-ment.

D240205AUN

Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by pressing the fan speed controlbutton.The higher the fan speed is, the more airis delivered.Pressing the OFF button turns off thefan.

D240206AUN

Air conditioningPush the A/C button to turn the air condi-tioning system on (indicator light will illu-minate).Push the button again to turn the air con-ditioning system off.

WARNING• Continued climate control system

operation in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside vehicle which mayfog the glass and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with airconditioning or heating system on.It may cause serious harm or deathdue to a drop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continued climate control systemoperation in the reciruclated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake control tothe outside (fresh) air position asmuch as possible while driving.

OFD047110/OFD047111

Type A Type B

OFD047112/OFD047113

Type A Type B

Page 157: i30

Features of your vehicle

844

D240208AUN

OFF modePush the OFF button to turn off the air cli-mate control system. However you canstill operate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the ignition switch is inthe position ON.

D250000AUN

• For maximum defrosting, set the temper-ature control to the extreme right/hot posi-tion and the fan speed control to thehighest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the mode tothe floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and ice fromthe windshield, rear window, outside rearview mirrors, and all side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hood andair inlet in the cowl grill to improve heaterand defroster efficiency and to reduce theprobability of fogging up inside of thewindshield.

Manual climate control systemD250101AFD

To defog inside windshield 1. Select any fan speed except “0” posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-

tioning will be selected automatically.If the air-conditioning and outside (fresh)air position are not selected automatical-ly, press the corresponding button manu-ally.

OFD047114

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

OFD047115

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperature ofthe outside air and that of the wind-shield could cause the outer sur-face of the windshield to fog up,causing loss of visibility. In thiscase, set the mode selection knobor button to the position andfan speed control knob or button tothe lower speed.

Page 158: i30

4 85

Features of your vehicle

D250102AFD

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi-

tioning will be selected automatically.

Automatic climate control systemD250201AFD

To defog inside windshield 1. Select desired fan speed.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defrost button ( ).

4. The air-conditioning will be turned onaccording to the detected ambienttemperature, outside (fresh) air posi-tion and higher fan speed will beselected automatically.

If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh) airposition and higher fan speed are notselected automatically, adjust the corre-sponding button or knob manually.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is controlled to higher fan speed.

OFD047116

OFD047117

Type A

OFD047119

Type B

Page 159: i30

Features of your vehicle

864

D250202AFD

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set fan speed to the highest position.2. Set temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defrost button ( ).

4. The air-conditioning will be turned onaccording to the detected ambienttemperature and outside (fresh) airposition will be selected automatically.

If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is controlled to higher fan speed.

D250300AUN

Defogging logicTo reduce the probability of fogging upthe inside of the windshield, the air intakeor air conditioning are controlled auto-matically according to certain conditionssuch as or position. To cancel orreturn the defogging logic, do the follow-ings.

OFD047118

Type A

OFD047120

Type B

Page 160: i30

4 87

Features of your vehicle

D250301AFD

Manual climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Turn the mode selection knob to the

defrost position ( ).3. Push the air intake control button

( ) at least 5 times within 3 sec-onds.

The indicator light in the air intake controlbutton will blink 3 times with 0.5 secondof interval. It indicates that the defogginglogic is canceled or returned to the pro-grammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it is reset to the defog logicstatus.

D250302AFD

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defrost position pressing

defrost button ( ).3. While holding the air conditioning but-

ton (A/C) pressed, press the air intakecontrol button ( ) at least 5 timeswithin 3 seconds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5second of interval. It indicates that thedefogging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it is reset to the defog logicstatus.

OFD047121

OFD047122

Type A

OFD047123

Type B

Page 161: i30

Features of your vehicle

884

D270000AUN

These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror passengers.

Center console storage (if equipped)These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror front passenger.To open the center console storage pullup the lever.

D270200AFD

Glove boxThe glove box can be locked andunlocked with a master key.To open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover can not closesecurely.

OFD047207 OFD047208

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

Page 162: i30

4 89

Features of your vehicle

Glove box cooling (if equipped)You can keep beverage cans or otheritems warm or cool using the open/closelever of the vent installed in the glovebox.

1. Turn on the fan control switch.2. Set the air flow control to the face

( ) mode.3. Turn the open/close lever of the vent

installed in the glove box to the openposition.(1) OPEN(2) CLOSE

4. Set the temperature control to warm orcool.

When the cool box is not used, turn thelever to its closed position.

!! NOTICEWhile using the cooling function, a smallamount of condensed moisture coulddamage your pieces of paper.

D270300AUN

Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open.Place your sunglasses in the compart-ment door with the lenses facing out.Push to close.

OFD047209 OFD047210

Page 163: i30

Features of your vehicle

904

D270400AFD

Multi boxTo open the cover, pull the lever or pushthe button. It can be used for storingsmall items.

WARNING• Do not keep objects except sun-

glass inside the sunglass holder.Such objects can be thrown fromthe holder in the event of a sud-den stop or an accident, possiblyinjuring the passengers in thevehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass holderwhile the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehiclecan be blocked by an open sun-glass holder.

OFD047211

OFD047212

Page 164: i30

4 91

Features of your vehicle

D280100AFD

Cigarette lighterFor the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-tion switch must be in the ACC positionor the ON position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the elementhas heated, the lighter will pop out to the"ready" position.Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressedin. This can damage the heating elementand create a fire hazard.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAIreplacement or its approved equivalent.

D280200AFD

Ashtray

The front ashtray may be opened bypulling the ashtray lid. To clean the ash-tray, the plastic receptacle should beremoved by lifting the plastic ash recep-tacle upward and pulling it out.

INTERIOR FEATURES

OFD047200CAUTION

Only a genuine HYUNDAI lightershould be used in the cigarettelighter socket. The use of plug-inaccessories (shavers, hand-heldvacuums, and coffee pots, forexample) may damage the socket orcause electrical failure.

OFD047201

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays

as waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or matches

in an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

WARNING• Do not hold the lighter in after it

is already heated because it willoverheat.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

Page 165: i30

Features of your vehicle

924

D280300AUN

Cup holder

D280301AFD

FrontCups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

Rear (if equipped)Cups may be placed in the cup holders.

D280400AFD

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.To use a sunvisor for a side window, pullit downward, unsnap it from the bracket(1) and swing it to the side (2).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and pull up the mirror cover (3).

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you burn yourself.Such a burn to the driver couldcause a loss of control of thevehicle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OFD047202

Front

OFD047203

Rear (if equipped)OFD047204

Page 166: i30

4 93

Features of your vehicle

D280500AUN

Power outletThe power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp (if equipped)

Close the vanity mirror coversecurely and return the sunvisor toits original position after use. If thevanity mirror is not closed securely,the lamp will stay on and couldresult in battery discharge.

OFD047205

CAUTION• Use power outlet only when the

engine is running and remove theaccessory plug after use. Usingthe accessory plug for prolongedperiods of time with the engineoff could cause the battery to dis-charge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

Page 167: i30

Features of your vehicle

944

D280600AUN

Digital clock (if equipped)

Whenever the battery terminals or relat-ed fuses are disconnected, you mustreset the time.When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the clock buttons operate asfollows:

D280601AUN

• HOUR:Pressing the “H” button (2) with yourfinger, a pencil or similar object willadvance the time displayed by onehour.

D280602AUN

• MINUTE:Pressing the “M” button (3) with yourfinger, a pencil or similar object willadvance the time displayed by oneminute.

D280603AUN

• RESET:To clear away minutes, press the “R”button (1) with your finger, a pencil orsimilar object. Then the clock will beset precisely on the hour.For example, if the “R” button ispressed while the time is between 9:01and 9:29, the display will be reset to9:00.9:01 ~ 9:29 display changed to 9:009:30 ~ 9:59 display changed to 10:00

D280604AUN

• Display conversion:To change the 12 hour format to the 24hour format, press the “R” button (1) formore than 4 seconds.For example, if the “R” button ispressed for more than 4 seconds whilethe time is 10:15 p.m., the display willbe changed to 22:15.

OFD047217

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

Page 168: i30

4 95

Features of your vehicle

D281400AFD

Aux, USB and IPod port(if equipped)If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or IPodport, you can use an aux port to connectaudio devices and an USB port to plug inan USB and also an IPod port to plug inan IPod.

!! NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

D280800AUN

Clothes hangerTo use the hanger, pull down the upperportion of hanger.

D281000AFD

Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in the cargoarea, you can use the four holders locat-ed in the cargo area to attach the lug-gage net.If necessary, contact your authorizedHYUNDAI dealer to obtain a luggage net.

OUN026348

CAUTIONDo not hang heavy clothes, sincethose may damage the hook.

OFD047213

Type A

OFD047219

Type BOFD047215

Page 169: i30

Features of your vehicle

964

For the full size spare tire equipped vehi-cle : type A and type B availableFor the compact spare tire equippedvehicle : type B available

D290300AFD

Mounting bracket for roof carrier(if equipped)To install or remove a roof carrier, youcan use the mounting bracket and coveron the roof.When you install a roof carrier, use thefollowing procedure.1. Insert a slim tool(coin or flat blade driv-

er) into the slot and slide the covertoward the arrow on the cover.

2. Rotate the cover half way and insertthe cover on the roof hole as the illus-tration.

!! NOTICETo prevent loosing the roof carriercover, install the cover on the roof beforeyou install the roof carrier.

3. After using the roof carrier, install thecover back on the roof in the reverseorder.

OED046090 OED046091

WARNINGUse a coin or flat blade driver whenyou remove the roof carrier cover.If you use your fingernail, it maydamage your fingernail.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage compart-ment.

WARNINGAvoid eye injury. DO NOT over-stretch. The luggage net ALWAYSkeep your face and body out of theluggage net’s recoil path. DO NOTuse when the strap has visiblesigns of wear or damage.

EXTERIOR FEATURES

Page 170: i30

4 97

Features of your vehicle

AntennaD300102AFD

Roof antenna Your car uses a roof antenna to receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signals. Thisantenna is a removable type. To removethe antenna, turn it counterclockwise. Toinstall the antenna, turn it clockwise.

AUDIO SYSTEM

OED036069

CAUTION• Before entering a place with a low

height clearance, be sure that theantenna is removed.

• Be sure to remove the antennabefore washing the car in an auto-matic car wash or it may be dam-aged.

• When reinstalling your antenna, itis important that it is fully tight-ened to ensure proper reception.But it could be removed whenparking the vehicle or when load-ing cargo on the roof rack.

• When cargo is loaded on the roofrack, do not place the cargo nearthe antenna pole to ensure properreception.

Page 171: i30

Features of your vehicle

984

D300200AFD

Audio remote control (if equipped) The steering wheel audio remote controlbutton is installed to promote safe driv-ing.

VOL (!/") (1)• Press the up button (!) to increase

volume.• Press the down button (") to decease

volume.

MODE (2)Press the button to select Radio, Tape (ifequipped) or CD (compact disc).

SEEK (!/") (3)If the SEEK button is pressed for 0.8 sec-ond or more, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CDP modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

CDC modeIt will function as the DISC UP/DOWNbutton.

If the SEEK button is pressed for lessthan 0.8 second, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STATIONselect buttons.

CDP modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

CDC modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is described in the followingpages in this section.

OFD047214

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remote con-trol buttons simultaneously.

Page 172: i30

4 99

Features of your vehicle

D300800AUN

How car audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located around yourcity.They are intercepted by the radio anten-na on your car. This signal is then receivedby the radio and sent to your car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM001

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

JBM002 JBM003

FM reception AM reception FM radio station

Page 173: i30

Features of your vehicle

1004

• Fading - As your car moves away fromthe radio station, the signal will weakenand sound will begin to fade. When thisoccurs, we suggest that you selectanother stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anoth-er station with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

Using a cellular phone or a two-way radio When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM004 JBM005CAUTION

When using a communication sys-tem such a cellular phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

WARNINGDon't use a cellular phone whenyou are driving. You must stop at asafe place to use a cellular phone.

Page 174: i30

4 101

Features of your vehicle

Care of cassette tapes (if equipped)• Because the thickness of a cassette

tape with the total playback time ofover 60 minutes (C-60) are too thin, wesuggest that you do not use any ofthem to avoid having tapes being tan-gled.

• To achieve better sound quality, period-ically clean the tape head using a cot-ton stick with colorless alcohol (onceper month).

• If a tape is too loose, fasten it to reel bywinding with objects like a pencil.

• Because dust or foreign objects on acassette tape may damage the play-back head, always store tapes in theircases when not in use.

• Make sure cassette tapes are keptaway from magnetic devices (TV,stereo system, etc) in order to achievebetter sound quality.

• Be certain that no objects or substancesother than cassette tapes are insertedinto the cassette tape player.

• Because tape media can be distortedwhen exposed to direct sunlight, Donot leave cassette tapes on the seats,dashboard or near the back wind-shield.

Care of disc (if equipped)• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventilationbefore using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and useMP3/WMA/AAC/WAVE files withoutpermission. Use CDs that are createdonly by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure on undesirable matter otherthan CDs are inserted into the CDplayer (Do not insert more than oneCD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

## NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible Copy-ProtectedAudio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player does not perform correctlythe CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.

Page 175: i30

Features of your vehicle

1024

A-200FDE

1. FM Selection Button

2. AM Selection Button

3. TA Selection Button

4. CD/AUX Selection Button

5. Automatic Channel Selection Button

6. Power ON/OFF

7. AUTO STORE Button

8. Screen ON/ OFF Button

9. Information Display Button

10. SET UP Button

11. TUNE/ENTER Button

12. PTY(FLDR) Button

13. Pre-set Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME CONTROL (PA710R) (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 176: i30

4 103

Features of your vehicle

1. FM Selection ButtonTurns to FM mode and toggles FM1 andFM2 when the button is pressed eachtime.

2. AM Selection ButtonTurns to AM mode, and toggles in theorder of MW$LW$···$MW···when thebutton is pressed each time.

3. TA Selection ButtonIn FM, CD, AUX mode, turns on/off thereception of TA channels of RDS.

4. CD/AUX Selection ButtonIf there is a cd in the CDP DECK it turnsto CD mode, and if a device is connectedto AUX then it toggles.CD$AUX$CD··· when the button ispressed each time.(It will not turn to AUXif the auxiliary device is not connected)

5. Automatic Channel SelectionButton

• When the [SEEK ]button is pressed,it reduces the band frequency by50khz to automatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

• When the [SEEK ]button is pressed,it increases the band frequency by50khz to automatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

6. Power ON/OFF & VolumeControl Button

Turns on/off the set when the IGNITIONSWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the buttonis turned to the right, it increases thevolume and left, decreases the volume.

7. AUTO STORE ButtonWhen the button is pressed, it automati-cally selects and saves channels withhigh reception rate to PRESET buttons(1~6) and plays the channel saved inPRESET1.If no channel is saved after AST, it willplay the previous channel.

8. Screen ON/ OFF ButtonTurns off/on the displayed data and lighton LCD.The screen and light will be turned on bypressing any button except DARK buttonwhen the screen is turned off.

9. Information Display ButtonDisplays the information of the channelcurrently played by RDS.

10. SET UP ButtonPress this button to turn to the SOUND,RDS option, clock setting, time display,SCROLL, SDVC, temperature displayand adjustment mode.If no action is taken for 5 seconds afterpressing the button, it will return to theplay mode.(After entering SET UP mode,move between items using the left, rightand PUSH functions of the TUNE but-ton.)The set up item changes from SOUND$RDS$CLOCK$TIME$SCROLL$SDVC$TEMP$SOUND...

11. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise by one notchto increase frequency by 0.05Mhz fromcurrent frequency.Turn this button counterclockwise by onenotch to decrease frequency by 0.05Mhzfrom current frequency.Press this button while holding SET UPbutton to activate / inactivate the item to.Select SET UP item using left and rightfunction of the Tune button.

Page 177: i30

Features of your vehicle

1044

12. PTY(FLDR) button• Moves [PTY ] Button when search-

ing PTY in RDS Broadcasting ProgramType selection.

• Moves [PTY ] button when search-ing PTY in RDS Broadcasting ProgramType selection.

13. Pre-set ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 secondsto play the channel saved in each button.Push pre-set button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to save current channel to therespective button with a beep.

Page 178: i30

4 105

Features of your vehicle

1. CD loading slot

2. CD indicator

3. CD Eject Button

4. AUX Selection Button

5. Automatic Track Selection Button

6. INFO Button

7. TUNE/ENTER Button

8. REPEAT Button

9. RANDOM Play Button

10. SCAN Play Button

11. MARK Play Button

A-200FDE

CD (PA710R) (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 179: i30

Features of your vehicle

1064

1. CD loading slotPlease face printed side upward andgently push in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP supports both 8cm and12 cm CDs. But if VCD, Data CD, MP3CD are loaded, "Er-6" message willappear and CD will be ejected.

2. CD Indicator When car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.

3. CD eject ButtonPush button to eject the CD duringCD playback. This button is enabledwhen ignition switch is off.

4. AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itturns to AUX MODE to play the soundfrom the auxiliary player.If no Disc and auxiliary device is connected,it displays "NO Media" for 5 seconds andreturns to the previous mode."

5. Automatic Track SelectionButton

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 seconds to play from the beginningof current song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 seconds and press again within 1seconds to play the previous song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 seconds to play the next song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

6. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentCD TRACK in the order of DISCTITLE$DISC ARTIST$TRACK TITLE$TRACK ARTIST$TOTAL TRACK$ PlayScreen$DISC TITLE$···.(not displayed ifthe information is not available on theDISC.)

7. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to displaysongs after current song.

Also, turn this button counterclockwise todisplay songs before current song.To listen to the displayed song, press thebutton to skip to the song and play.

8.REPEAT ButtonRepeats current song when the button ispressed for less than 0.8 seconds.Repeats the entire DISC when the buttonis pressed for 0.8 seconds or longer.

9. RANDOM Play ButtonTurns on/off the randomization of theplay list of files in the currently playedDISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

10. SCAN Play ButtonPlays first 10 seconds of each song inthe DISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

11. MARK Play ButtonPress the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to mark or unmark the currentsong.Press the button for less than 0.8 to playcurrently marked song.

Page 180: i30

4 107

Features of your vehicle

CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use the external USB device,make sure the device is notmounted when starting up thevehicle and mount the deviceafter starting up.

• If you start the vehicle when theUSB device is mounted, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen mounting or dismountingthe external USB device.

• Encoded MP3 PLAYER is not rec-ognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the VHAPTTL byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Only the USB device formatted toFAT 12/16/32.

• USB device without USB IF authen-tication may not be recognizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith human body or any object.

• If you repeat mounting or dis-mounting USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You might hear strange noisewhen mounting or dismounting aUSB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you dismount the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or malfunction.Therefore, mount the external USBdevice when the engine is turnedoff or in another mode.

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice, but this is not a troubleand you only have to wait.

• Do not use the USB device for otherpurposes than playing music files.

• Use of USB accessories such asthe recharger or heater usingUSB I/F may lower the perform-ance or cause trouble.

• If you use devices such as theUSB hub you purchased sepa-rately, the vehicle’s audio systemmay not recognize the USBdevice. Connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia termi-nal of the vehicle.

Page 181: i30

Features of your vehicle

1084

USING USB (PA710R) (IF EQUIPPED)

1. AUX Selection Button

2. Track moving Button

3. INFO Selection Button

4. Folder moving Button

5. TUNE/ENTER Button

6. RANDOM Playback Button

7. REPEAT Selection Button

8. SCAN Selection Button

A-200FDE

Page 182: i30

4 109

Features of your vehicle

In case USB is connected to the multipleterminal inside the consol on the righthand side of the driver’s seat. When USBis connected, the ‘USB’ icon will be dis-played on the top right corner of the dis-play screen.

1.AUX Selection ButtonIf USB is connected, it switches to theUSB mode from the CD mode to play thesong files stored in the USB.If there are no CD and USB mode fromthe Radio mode, it displays ‘NO MEDIA’.

2. Track Moving Button• Press the [SEEK ] button for less

than 0.8 seconds to play from thebeginning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds and press it again within 1 secondsto move to and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [SEEK ] button button forless than 0.8 seconds to move to thenext track. Press the button for 0.8 sec-onds or longer to play the song in for-ward direction in fast speed.

3. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME$TITLE$ARTIST$ALBUM$FOLDER$TOTAL FILE$FILE NAME$… (Displaysno information if the file has no songinformation.)

4. Folder moving Button• Moves [FLDR ] button child folder of

the current folder and displays the firstsong in the folder. Press ENT/TUNEbutton to move to the folder displayed.It will play the first song in the folder.

• Moves [FLDR ] button parent folderand displays the first song in the folder.Press ENT/TUNE button to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

5. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song.Press the button to skip to and play theselected song.

6. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to start or stop the random play-back of the songs in the current folder.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-onds to randomly play the entire songs inthe USB device.Press the button again to cancel the mode.

7. REPEAT ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to repeat the song currently played.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-onds to repeat the entire songs in theUSB device.

8. SCAN ButtonPlays 10 seconds of each song in theUSB device.Press the button once again to cancelscanning.

Page 183: i30

Features of your vehicle

1104

## NOTICE FOR USING i-PodDEVICE

• Some i-Pod models might not supportthe communication protocol and thefiles will not be played. (i-Pod modelssupported: Mini, 4G, Photo, Nano,5G)

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the i-Pod can be differentfrom the order searched in the audiosystem.

• If the i-Pod crashes due to its owntrouble, reset i-Pod. (Reset: Refer to i-Pod manual)

• i-Pod may not operate normally onlow battery.

CAUTION IN USING i-Pod DEVICE

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for i-Pod (purchased sepa-rately) in order to operate i-Podwith the buttons on the audio sys-tem. The PC cable provided byApple may cause malfunction anddo not use it for vehicle use.

• When connecting the device withi-Pod cable, push in the jack fullynot to interfere with communica-tion.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof i-Pod and the audio system, thesound effects of both devices willoverlap each and might causereduce or distort the quality of thesound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of i-Pod when adjustingthe audio system’s volume, andturn off the equalizer of the audiosystem when using the equalizerof i-Pod.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the i-Pod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to theAUX mode even without the i-Poddevice and can cause noise.Disconnect i-Pod cable when youare not using the i-Pod device.

Page 184: i30

4 111

Features of your vehicle

1. i-Pod Selection Button

2. Track moving Button

3. INFO Selection Button

4. Category Selection Button

5. TUNE/ENTER Button

6. RANDOM Playback Button

7. REPEAT Selection Button

A-200FDE

RUNNING i-Pod (PA710R) (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 185: i30

Features of your vehicle

1124

In case the i-Pod exclusive cable is con-nected to the multiple terminal inside theconsol on the right hand side of the dri-ver’s seat. When the i-Pod is connected,the ‘i-Pod’ icon will be displayed on thetop right corner of the display screen.

1. i-Pod Selection ButtonIf i-Pod is connected, it switches to the i-Pod mode from the CD mode to play thesong files stored in the i-Pod.If there are no CD and AUX mode fromthe Radio mode, it displays ‘NO MEDIA’.

2. Track Moving Button• Press the [SEEK ] button for less

than 0.8 seconds to play from thebeginning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds and press it again within 1 sec-onds to move to and play the previoustrack.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [SEEK ] button for lessthan 0.8 seconds to move to the nexttrack.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

3. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME$ TITLE$ ARTIST$ ALBUM$ FILENAME$…(Displays no information if the file has nosong information.)

4. Category Selection ButtonMoves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the i-Pod.To move to (play) the category (song)displayed, press ENT/TUNE key.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.The order of i-Pod’s category is SONG,ALBUMES, ARTISTS, GENRES, and i-Pod.

5. TUNE/ENTER ButtonWhen you turn the button clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) next tothe song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you turn the button counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).If you want to listen to the song displayedin the song category, press the button,then it will skip to the selected song andplay.

6. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate or deactivate the randomplayback of the songs within the currentcategory.Press the button for longer than 0.8 sec-onds to randomly play all songs in theentire album of the i-Pod.Press the button once again to cancel themode.

7. REPEAT ButtonRepeats the song currently played.

Page 186: i30

4 113

Features of your vehicle

A-300FDE

1. FM Selection Button

2. AM Selection Button

3. TA Selection Button

4. CD/AUX Selection Button

5. Automatic Channel Selection Button

6. Power ON/OFF

7. AUTO STORE Button

8. Screen ON/ OFF Button

9. Information Display Button

10. SET UP Button

11. TUNE/ENTER Button

12. PTY(FLDR) Button

13. Pre-set Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME CONTROL (PA760R) (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 187: i30

Features of your vehicle

1144

1. FM Selection ButtonTurns to FM mode and toggles FM1 andFM2 when the button is pressed eachtime.

2. AM Selection ButtonTurns to AM mode, and toggles in theorder of MW$LW$···$MW···when thebutton is pressed each time.

3. TA Selection ButtonIn FM, CD, AUX mode, turns on/off thereception of TA channels of RDS.

4. CD/AUX Selection ButtonIf there is a cd in the CDP DECK it turnsto CD mode, and if a device is connectedto AUX then it toggles.CD$AUX$CD··· when the button ispressed each time.(It will not turn to AUXif the auxiliary device is not connected)

5. Automatic Channel SelectionButton• When the [SEEK ]button is pressed,

it reduces the band frequency by50khz to automatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

• When the [SEEK ]button is pressed,it increases the band frequency by50khz to automatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

6. Power ON/OFF & VolumeControl Button

Turns on/off the set when the IGNITIONSWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the buttonis turned to the right, it increases thevolume and left, decreases the volume.

7. AUTO STORE ButtonWhen the button is pressed, it automati-cally selects and saves channels withhigh reception rate to PRESET buttons(1~6) and plays the channel saved inPRESET1.If no channel is saved after AST, it willplay the previous channel.

8. Screen ON/ OFF ButtonTurns off/on the displayed data and lighton LCD.The screen and light will be turned on bypressing any button except DARK buttonwhen the screen is turned off.

9. Information Display ButtonDisplays the information of the channelcurrently played by RDS.

10. SET UP ButtonPress this button to turn to the SOUND,RDS option, clock setting, time display,SCROLL, SDVC, temperature displayand adjustment mode.If no action is taken for 5 seconds afterpressing the button, it will return to theplay mode.(After entering SET UP mode,move between items using the left, rightand PUSH functions of the TUNE but-ton.)The set up item changes from SOUND$RDS$CLOCK$TIME$SCROLL$SDVC$TEMP$SOUND...

11. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise by one notchto increase frequency by 0.05Mhz fromcurrent frequency.Turn this button counterclockwise by onenotch to decrease frequency by 0.05Mhzfrom current frequency.Press this button while holding SET UPbutton to activate / inactivate the item to.Select SET UP item using left and rightfunction of the Tune button.

Page 188: i30

4 115

Features of your vehicle

12. PTY(FLDR) Button• Moves [PTY ] button when search-

ing PTY in RDS Broadcasting ProgramType selection.

• Moves [PTY ] button when search-ing PTY in RDS Broadcasting ProgramType selection.

13. Pre-set ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 secondsto play the channel saved in each button.Push pre-set button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to save current channel to therespective button with a beep.

Page 189: i30

Features of your vehicle

1164

1. CD loading slot

2. CD indicator

3. CD Eject Button

4. LOAD Button

5. AUX Selection Button

6. Automatic Track Selection Button

7. INFO Button

8. TUNE/ENTER Button

9. REPEAT Button

10. RANDOM Play Button

11. DISC Selection Button

12. SCAN Play Button

13. MARK Play Button

A-300FDE

CD (PA760R) (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 190: i30

4 117

Features of your vehicle

1. CD loading slotPlease face printed side upward andgently push in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP supports both 8cm and12 cm CDs. But if VCD, Data CD, MP3CD are loaded, "Er-6" message willappear and CD will be ejected.

2. CD Indicator When car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.

3. CD eject ButtonPush button to eject the CD duringCD playback. This button is enabledwhen ignition switch is off.

4. CD LOAD ButtonPush [LOAD] button to load CDs to avail-able CDC deck (from 1~6). Push [LOAD]button for more than 2 seconds to loadinto all available decks.The last CD will play. 10 seconds idle sta-tus will disable loading process.

5. AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itturns to AUX MODE to play the soundfrom the auxiliary player.If no auxiliary device is connected, it dis-plays ""NO CONNECT"" for 3 secondsand returns to the previous mode."

6. Automatic Track SelectionButton

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 seconds to play from the beginningof current song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 seconds and press again within 1seconds to play the previous song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 seconds to play the next song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

7. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentCD TRACK in the order of DISCTITLE$DISC ARTIST$TRACK TITLE$TRACK ARTIST$TOTAL TRACK$ PlayScreen$DISC TITLE$···.(not displayed ifthe information is not available on theDISC.)

8. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to displaysongs after current song.Also, turn this button counterclockwise todisplay songs before current song.To listen to the displayed song, press thebutton to skip to the song and play.

9. REPEAT ButtonRepeats current song when the button ispressed for less than 0.8 seconds.Repeats the entire DISC when the buttonis pressed for 0.8 seconds or longer.

10. RANDOM Play ButtonTurns on/off the randomization of the playlist of files in the currently played DISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

Page 191: i30

Features of your vehicle

1184

11. DISC Selection Button• [DISC ] Change Button

Changes disc to the previous disc.• [DISC ] Change Button

Changes disc to the next disc.

12. SCAN Play ButtonPlays first 10 seconds of each song inthe DISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

13. MARK Play ButtonPress the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to mark or unmark the currentsong.Press the button for less than 0.8 to playcurrently marked song.

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the VHAPTTL byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Only the USB device formatted toFAT 12/16/32.

• USB device without USB IF authen-tication may not be recognizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith human body or any object.

• If you repeat mounting or dis-mounting USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You might hear strange noisewhen mounting or dismounting aUSB device.

(Continued)

CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use the external USB device,make sure the device is notmounted when starting up thevehicle and mount the deviceafter starting up.

• If you start the vehicle when theUSB device is mounted, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen mounting or dismountingthe external USB device.

• Encoded MP3 PLAYER is not rec-ognizable.

(Continued)

Page 192: i30

4 119

Features of your vehicle

(Continued)• If you dismount the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or malfunction.Therefore, mount the external USBdevice when the engine is turnedoff or in another mode.

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice, but this is not a troubleand you only have to wait.

• Do not use the USB device for otherpurposes than playing music files.

• Use of USB accessories such asthe recharger or heater usingUSB I/F may lower the perform-ance or cause trouble.

• If you use devices such as theUSB hub you purchased sepa-rately, the vehicle’s audio systemmay not recognize the USBdevice. Connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia termi-nal of the vehicle.

Page 193: i30

Features of your vehicle

1204

1. AUX Selection Button

2. Track moving Button

3. INFO Selection Button

4. Folder moving Button

5. TUNE/ENTER Button

6. RANDOM Playback Button

7. REPEAT Selection Button

8. SCAN Selection Button

A-300FDE

USING USB (PA760R) (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 194: i30

4 121

Features of your vehicle

In case USB is connected to the multipleterminal inside the consol on the righthand side of the driver’s seat. When USBis connected, the ‘USB’ icon will be dis-played on the top right corner of the dis-play screen.

1.AUX Selection ButtonIf USB is connected, it switches to theUSB mode from the CD mode to play thesong files stored in the USB.If there are no CD and USB mode fromthe Radio mode, it displays ‘NO MEDIA’.

2. Track Moving Button• Press the [SEEK ] button for less

than 0.8 seconds to play from thebeginning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds and press it again within 1 secondsto move to and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [SEEK ] button button forless than 0.8 seconds to move to thenext track. Press the button for 0.8 sec-onds or longer to play the song in for-ward direction in fast speed.

3. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME$TITLE$ARTIST$ALBUM$FOLDER$TOTAL FILE$FILE NAME$… (Displaysno information if the file has no songinformation.)

4. Flder moving Button• Moves [FLDR ] button child folder of

the current folder and displays the firstsong in the folder. Press ENT/TUNEbutton to move to the folder displayed.It will play the first song in the folder.

• Moves [FLDR ] button parent folderand displays the first song in the folder.Press ENT/TUNE button to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

5. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song.Press the button to skip to and play theselected song.

6. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to start or stop the random play-back of the songs in the current folder.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-onds to randomly play the entire songs inthe USB device.Press the button again to cancel the mode.

7. REPEAT ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to repeat the song currently played.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-onds to repeat the entire songs in theUSB device.

8. SCAN ButtonPlays 10 seconds of each song in the USBdevice.Press the button once again to cancelscanning.

Page 195: i30

Features of your vehicle

1224

## NOTICE FOR USING i-PodDEVICE

• Some i-Pod models might not supportthe communication protocol and thefiles will not be played. (i-Pod modelssupported: Mini, 4G, Photo, Nano,5G)

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the i-Pod can be differentfrom the order searched in the audiosystem.

• If the i-Pod crashes due to its owntrouble, reset i-Pod. (Reset: Refer to i-Pod manual)

• i-Pod may not operate normally onlow battery.

CAUTION IN USING i-Pod DEVICE

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for i-Pod (purchased sepa-rately) in order to operate i-Podwith the buttons on the audio sys-tem. The PC cable provided byApple may cause malfunction anddo not use it for vehicle use.

• When connecting the device withi-Pod cable, push in the jack fullynot to interfere with communica-tion.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof i-Pod and the audio system, thesound effects of both devices willoverlap each and might causereduce or distort the quality of thesound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of i-Pod when adjustingthe audio system’s volume, andturn off the equalizer of the audiosystem when using the equalizerof i-Pod.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the i-Pod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to theAUX mode even without the i-Poddevice and can cause noise.Disconnect i-Pod cable when youare not using the i-Pod device.

Page 196: i30

4 123

Features of your vehicle

1. i-Pod Selection Button

2. Track moving Button

3. INFO Selection Button

4. Category Selection Button

5. TUNE/ENTER Button

6. RANDOM Playback Button

7. REPEAT Selection Button

A-300FDE

RUNNING i-Pod (PA760R) (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 197: i30

Features of your vehicle

1244

In case the i-Pod exclusive cable is con-nected to the multiple terminal inside theconsol on the right hand side of the dri-ver’s seat. When the i-Pod is connected,the ‘i-Pod’ icon will be displayed on thetop right corner of the display screen.

1. i-Pod Selection ButtonIf i-Pod is connected, it switches to the i-Pod mode from the CD mode to play thesong files stored in the i-Pod.If there are no CD and AUX mode fromthe Radio mode, it displays ‘NO MEDIA’.

2. Track Moving Button• Press the [SEEK ] button for less

than 0.8 seconds to play from thebeginning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds and press it again within 1 sec-onds to move to and play the previoustrack.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [SEEK ] button for lessthan 0.8 seconds to move to the nexttrack. Press the button for 0.8 sec-onds or longer to play the song in for-ward direction in fast speed.

3. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME$ TITLE$ ARTIST$ ALBUM$ FILENAME$…(Displays no information if the file has nosong information.)

4. Category Selection ButtonMoves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the i-Pod.To move to (play) the category (song)displayed, press ENT/TUNE key.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.The order of i-Pod’s category is SONG,ALBUMES, ARTISTS, GENRES, and i-Pod.

5. TUNE/ENTER ButtonWhen you turn the button clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) next tothe song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you turn the button counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).If you want to listen to the song displayedin the song category, press the button,then it will skip to the selected song andplay.

6. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate or deactivate the randomplayback of the songs within the currentcategory.Press the button for longer than 0.8 sec-onds to randomly play all songs in theentire album of the i-Pod.Press the button once again to cancel themode.

7. REPEAT ButtonRepeats the song currently played.

Page 198: i30

4 125

Features of your vehicle

1. FM Selection Button

2. AM Selection Button

3. CD Selection Button

4. AUX Selection Button

5. Automatic Channel Selection Button

6. Power ON/OFF & VOLUME

7. AUTO STORE Button

8. Screen ON/ OFF Button

9. Information Display Button

10. SET UP Button

11. TUNE/ENTER Button

12. Pre-set Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME CONTROL (PA710) (IF EQUIPPED)

A-200FDD

Page 199: i30

Features of your vehicle

1264

1. FM Selection ButtonTurns to FM mode and toggles FM1 andFM2 when the button is pressed eachtime.

2. AM Selection ButtonTurns to AM mode, and toggles in theorder of AM1$AM2$AM1··· when thebutton is pressed each time.

3. CD Selection ButtonIf there is a cd in the CDP DECK it playsthe CD.Press CD button to automatically insertCD when the disc is ejected from thedeck by pressing CD EJECT.

4. AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itturns to AUX MODE to play the soundfrom the auxiliary player.If no Disc and auxiliary device is connected,it displays “NO Media” for 5 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.

5. Automatic Channel SelectionButton

• When the [SEEK ]button is pressed,it reduces the band frequency by100khz to automatically select chan-nel. Stops at the previous frequency ifno channel is found.

• When the [SEEK ]button is pressed,it increases the band frequency by100khz to automatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

6. Power ON/OFF & VolumeControl Button

Turns on/off the set when the IGNITIONSWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the buttonis turned to the right, it increases thevolume and left, decreases the volume.

7. AUTO STORE ButtonWhen the button is pressed, it automati-cally selects and saves channels withhigh reception rate to PRESET buttons(1~6) and plays the channel saved inPRESET1.If no channel is saved after AST, it willplay the previous channel.

8. Screen ON/ OFF ButtonTurns off/on the displayed data and lighton LCD.The screen and light will be turned on bypressing any button except DARK buttonwhen the screen is turned off.

9. Information Display ButtonDisplays the information of the channelcurrently played by RDS.

10. SET UP ButtonPress this button to turn to the SOUND,clock setting, time display, SCROLL,SDVC, temperature display and adjust-ment mode.If no action is taken for 5 seconds afterpressing the button, it will return to theplay mode.(After entering SET UP mode,move between items using the left, rightand PUSH functions of the TUNE button.)The set up item changes from SOUND$CLOCK$TIME$SCROLL$SDVC$TEMP$SOUND...

Page 200: i30

4 127

Features of your vehicle

11. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise by one notchto increase frequency by 0.05Mhz fromcurrent frequency.Turn this button counterclockwise by onenotch to decrease frequency by 0.05Mhzfrom current frequency.Press this button while holding SET UPbutton to activate / inactivate the item to.Select SET UP item using left and rightfunction of the Tune button.

12. Pre-set ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 secondsto play the channel saved in each button.Push pre-set button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to save current channel to therespective button with a beep.

Page 201: i30

Features of your vehicle

1284

1. CD loading slot

2. CD indicator

3. CD Eject Button

4. AUX Selection Button

5. Automatic Track Selection Button

6. INFO Button

7. TUNE/ENTER Button

8. REPEAT Button

9. RANDOM Play Button

10. SCAN Play Button

11. MARK Play Button

A-200FDD

CD (PA710) (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 202: i30

4 129

Features of your vehicle

1. CD loading slotPlease face printed side upward andgently push in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP supports both 8cm and12 cm CDs. But if VCD, Data CD, MP3CD are loaded, "Er-6" message willappear and CD will be ejected.

2. CD Indicator When car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.

3. CD eject ButtonPush button to eject the CD during CDplayback. This button is enabled whenignition switch is off.

4. AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itturns to AUX MODE to play the soundfrom the auxiliary player.If no Disc and auxiliary device is connected,it displays "NO Media" for 5 seconds andreturns to the previous mode."

5. Automatic Track SelectionButton

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 seconds to play from the beginningof current song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 seconds and press again within 1seconds to play the previous song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 seconds to play the next song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

6. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentCD TRACK in the order of DISCTITLE$DISC ARTIST$TRACK TITLE$TRACK ARTIST$TOTAL TRACK$ PlayScreen$DISC TITLE$···.(not displayed ifthe information is not available on theDISC.)

7. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to displaysongs after current song.

Also, turn this button counterclockwise todisplay songs before current song.To listen to the displayed song, press thebutton to skip to the song and play.

8. REPEAT ButtonRepeats current song when the button ispressed for less than 0.8 seconds.Repeats the entire DISC when the buttonis pressed for 0.8 seconds or longer.

9. RANDOM Play ButtonTurns on/off the randomization of theplay list of files in the currently playedDISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

10. SCAN Play ButtonPlays first 10 seconds of each song inthe DISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

11. MARK Play ButtonPress the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to mark or unmark the currentsong.Press the button for less than 0.8 to playcurrently marked song.

Page 203: i30

Features of your vehicle

1304

CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use the external USB device,make sure the device is notmounted when starting up thevehicle and mount the deviceafter starting up.

• f you start the vehicle when theUSB device is mounted, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen mounting or dismountingthe external USB device.

• Encoded MP3 PLAYER is not rec-ognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the VHAPTTL byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Only the USB device formatted toFAT 12/16/32.

• USB device without USB IF authen-tication may not be recognizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith human body or any object.

• If you repeat mounting or dis-mounting USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You might hear strange noisewhen mounting or dismounting aUSB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you dismount the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or malfunction.Therefore, mount the external USBdevice when the engine is turnedoff or in another mode.

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice, but this is not a troubleand you only have to wait.

• Do not use the USB device for otherpurposes than playing music files.

• Use of USB accessories such asthe recharger or heater usingUSB I/F may lower the perform-ance or cause trouble.

• If you use devices such as theUSB hub you purchased sepa-rately, the vehicle’s audio systemmay not recognize the USBdevice. Connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia termi-nal of the vehicle.

Page 204: i30

4 131

Features of your vehicle

1. AUX Selection Button

2. Track moving Button

3. INFO Selection Button

4. Folder moving Button

5. TUNE/ENTER Button

6. RANDOM Playback Button

7. REPEAT Selection Button

8. SCAN Selection Button

A-200FDD

USING USB (PA710) (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 205: i30

Features of your vehicle

1324

In case USB is connected to the multipleterminal inside the consol on the righthand side of the driver’s seat. When USBis connected, the ‘USB’ icon will be dis-played on the top right corner of the dis-play screen.

1.AUX Selection ButtonIf USB is not connected, it switches to theUSB mode from the Radio and CD modeto play the song files stored in the USB.If AUX is not connected, it is invalid key.

2. Track Moving Button• Press the [SEEK ] button for less

than 0.8 seconds to play from thebeginning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds and press it again within 1 secondsto move to and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [SEEK ] button button forless than 0.8 seconds to move to thenext track.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

3. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME$TITLE$ARTIST$ALBUM$FOLDER$TOTAL FILE$FILE NAME$… (Displaysno information if the file has no songinformation.)

4. Folder moving Button• Moves [FLDR ] button child folder of

the current folder and displays the firstsong in the folder. Press ENT/TUNEbutton to move to the folder displayed.It will play the first song in the folder.

• Moves [FLDR ] button parent folderand displays the first song in the folder.Press ENT/TUNE button to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

5. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song.Press the button to skip to and play theselected song.

6. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to start or stop the random play-back of the songs in the current folder.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-onds to randomly play the entire songs inthe USB device.Press the button again to cancel the mode.

7. REPEAT ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to repeat the song currently played.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-onds to repeat the entire songs in theUSB device.

8. SCAN ButtonPlays 10 seconds of each song in the USBdevice.Press the button once again to cancelscanning.

Page 206: i30

4 133

Features of your vehicle

## NOTICE FOR USING i-PodDEVICE

• Some i-Pod models might not supportthe communication protocol and thefiles will not be played. (i-Pod modelssupported: Mini, 4G, Photo, Nano,5G)

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the i-Pod can be differentfrom the order searched in the audiosystem.

• If the i-Pod crashes due to its owntrouble, reset i-Pod. (Reset: Refer to i-Pod manual)

• i-Pod may not operate normally onlow battery.

CAUTION IN USING i-Pod DEVICE

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for i-Pod (purchased sepa-rately) in order to operate i-Podwith the buttons on the audio sys-tem. The PC cable provided byApple may cause malfunction anddo not use it for vehicle use.

• When connecting the device withi-Pod cable, push in the jack fullynot to interfere with communica-tion.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof i-Pod and the audio system, thesound effects of both devices willoverlap each and might causereduce or distort the quality of thesound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of i-Pod when adjustingthe audio system’s volume, andturn off the equalizer of the audiosystem when using the equalizerof i-Pod.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the i-Pod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to theAUX mode even without the i-Poddevice and can cause noise.Disconnect i-Pod cable when youare not using the i-Pod device.

Page 207: i30

Features of your vehicle

1344

1. i-Pod Selection Button

2. Track moving Button

3. INFO Selection Button

4. Category Selection Button

5. TUNE/ENTER Button

6. RANDOM Playback Button

7. REPEAT Selection Button

A-200FDD

RUNNING i-Pod (PA710) (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 208: i30

4 135

Features of your vehicle

In case the i-Pod exclusive cable is con-nected to the multiple terminal inside theconsol on the right hand side of the dri-ver’s seat. When the i-Pod is connected,the ‘i-Pod’ icon will be displayed on thetop right corner of the display screen.

1. i-Pod Selection ButtonIf i-Pod is connected, it switches to the i-Pod mode from the Radio and CD modeto play the song files stored in the i-Pod.If there are no CD and AUX mode fromthe Radio mode, it displays ‘NO MEDIA’.

2. Track Moving Button• Press the [SEEK ] button for less

than 0.8 seconds to play from thebeginning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds and press it again within 1 sec-onds to move to and play the previoustrack. Press the button for 0.8 secondsor longer to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [SEEK ] button for lessthan 0.8 seconds to move to the nexttrack.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

3. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME$ TITLE$ ARTIST$ ALBUM$ FILENAME$…(Displays no information if the file has nosong information.)

4. Category Selection ButtonMoves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the i-Pod.To move to (play) the category (song)displayed, press ENT/TUNE key.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.The order of i-Pod’s category is SONG,ALBUMES, ARTISTS, GENRES, and i-Pod.

5. TUNE/ENTER ButtonWhen you turn the button clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) next tothe song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you turn the button counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).

If you want to listen to the song displayedin the song category, press the button,then it will skip to the selected song andplay.

6. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate or deactivate the randomplayback of the songs within the currentcategory.Press the button for longer than 0.8 sec-onds to randomly play all songs in theentire album of the i-Pod.Press the button once again to cancel themode.

7. REPEAT ButtonRepeats the song currently played.

Page 209: i30

Features of your vehicle

1364

A-300FDD

1. FM Selection Button

2. AM Selection Button

3. TA Selection Button

4. CD/AUX Selection Button

5. Automatic Channel Selection Button

6. Power ON/OFF

7. AUTO STORE Button

8. Screen ON/ OFF Button

9. Information Display Button

10. SET UP Button

11. TUNE/ENTER Button

12. Pre-set Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME CONTROL (PA760) (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 210: i30

4 137

Features of your vehicle

1. FM Selection ButtonTurns to FM mode and toggles FM1 andFM2 when the button is pressed eachtime.

2. AM Selection ButtonTurns to AM mode, and toggles in theorder of AM1$AM2$AM1··· when thebutton is pressed each time.

3. CD Selection ButtonIf there is a cd in the CDP DECK it playsthe CD.Press CD button to automatically insertCD when the disc is ejected from thedeck by pressing CD EJECT.

4. AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itturns to AUX MODE to play the soundfrom the auxiliary player.If no Disc and auxiliary device is connected,it displays “NO Media” for 5 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.

5. Automatic Channel SelectionButton

• When the [SEEK ]button is pressed,it reduces the band frequency by100khz to automatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

• When the [SEEK ]button is pressed,it increases the band frequency by100khz to automatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

6. Power ON/OFF & VolumeControl Button

Turns on/off the set when the IGNITIONSWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the buttonis turned to the right, it increases thevolume and left, decreases the volume.

7. AUTO STORE ButtonWhen the button is pressed, it automati-cally selects and saves channels withhigh reception rate to PRESET buttons(1~6) and plays the channel saved inPRESET1.If no channel is saved after AST, it willplay the previous channel.

8. Screen ON/ OFF ButtonTurns off/on the displayed data and lighton LCD.The screen and light will be turned on bypressing any button except DARK buttonwhen the screen is turned off.

9. Information Display ButtonDisplays the information of the channelcurrently played by RDS.

10. SET UP ButtonPress this button to turn to the SOUND, ,clock setting, time display, SCROLL,SDVC, temperature display and adjust-ment mode.If no action is taken for 5 seconds afterpressing the button, it will return to theplay mode.(After entering SET UP mode,move between items using the left, rightand PUSH functions of the TUNE button.)The set up item changes from SOUND$CLOCK$TIME$SCROLL$SDVC$TEMP$SOUND...

Page 211: i30

Features of your vehicle

1384

11. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise by one notchto increase frequency by 0.05Mhz fromcurrent frequency.Turn this button counterclockwise by onenotch to decrease frequency by 0.05Mhzfrom current frequency.Press this button while holding SET UPbutton to activate / inactivate the item to.Select SET UP item using left and rightfunction of the Tune button.

12. Pre-set ButtonPush [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 secondsto play the channel saved in each button.Push pre-set button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to save current channel to therespective button with a beep.

Page 212: i30

4 139

Features of your vehicle

1. CD loading slot

2. CD indicator

3. CD Eject Button

4. LOAD Button

5. AUX Selection Button

6. Automatic Track Selection Button

7. INFO Button

8. TUNE/ENTER Button

9. REPEAT Button

10. RANDOM Play Button

11. DISC selection Button

12. SCAN Play Button

13. MARK Play Button

A-300FDD

CD (PA760) (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 213: i30

Features of your vehicle

1404

1. CD loading slotPlease face printed side upward andgently push in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP supports both 8cm and12 cm CDs. But if VCD, Data CD, MP3CD are loaded, "Er-6" message willappear and CD will be ejected.

2. CD Indicator When car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.

3. CD eject ButtonPush button to eject the CD duringCD playback. This button is enabledwhen ignition switch is off.

4. CD LOAD ButtonPush [LOAD] button to load CDs to avail-able CDC deck (from 1~6). Push [LOAD]button for more than 2 seconds to loadinto all available decks.The last CD will play. 10 seconds idle sta-tus will disable loading process.

5. AUX Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itturns to AUX MODE to play the soundfrom the auxiliary player.If no auxiliary device is connected, it dis-plays "NO CONNECT" for 3 seconds andreturns to the previous mode."

6. Automatic Track SelectionButton

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 seconds to play from the beginningof current song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 seconds and press again within 3seconds to play the previous song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for less than0.8 seconds to play the next song.

• Push [SEEK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

7. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the currentCD TRACK in the order of DISCTITLE$DISC ARTIST$TRACK TITLE$TRACK ARTIST$TOTAL TRACK$ PlayScreen$DISC TITLE$···.(not displayed ifthe information is not available on theDISC.)

8. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to displaysongs after current song.Also, turn this button counterclockwise todisplay songs before current song.To listen to the displayed song, press thebutton to skip to the song and play.

9. REPEAT ButtonRepeats current song when the button ispressed for less than 0.8 seconds.Repeats the entire DISC when the buttonis pressed for 0.8 seconds or longer.

10. RANDOM Play ButtonTurns on/off the randomization of the playlist of files in the currently played DISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

Page 214: i30

4 141

Features of your vehicle

11. DISC Selection Button• [DISC ] Change Button

Changes disc to the previous disc.• [DISC ] Change Button

Changes disc to the next disc.

12. SCAN Play ButtonPlays first 10 seconds of each song in theDISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

13. MARK Play ButtonPress the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to mark or unmark the currentsong.Press the button for less than 0.8 to playcurrently marked song.

CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use the external USB device,make sure the device is notmounted when starting up thevehicle and mount the deviceafter starting up.

• f you start the vehicle when theUSB device is mounted, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen mounting or dismountingthe external USB device.

• Encoded MP3 PLAYER is not rec-ognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the VHAPTTL byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Only the USB device formatted toFAT 12/16/32.

• USB device without USB IF authen-tication may not be recognizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith human body or any object.

• If you repeat mounting or dis-mounting USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You might hear strange noisewhen mounting or dismounting aUSB device.

(Continued)

Page 215: i30

Features of your vehicle

1424

(Continued)• If you dismount the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or malfunction.Therefore, mount the external USBdevice when the engine is turnedoff or in another mode.

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice, but this is not a troubleand you only have to wait.

• Do not use the USB device for otherpurposes than playing music files.

• Use of USB accessories such asthe recharger or heater usingUSB I/F may lower the perform-ance or cause trouble.

• If you use devices such as theUSB hub you purchased sepa-rately, the vehicle’s audio systemmay not recognize the USBdevice. Connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia termi-nal of the vehicle.

Page 216: i30

4 143

Features of your vehicle

1. AUX Selection Button

2. Track moving Button

3. INFO Selection Button

4. Folder moving Button

5. TUNE/ENTER Button

6. RANDOM Playback Button

7. REPEAT Selection Button

8. SCAN Selection Button

A-300FDD

USING USB (PA760) (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 217: i30

Features of your vehicle

1444

In case USB is connected to the multipleterminal inside the consol on the righthand side of the driver’s seat. When USBis connected, the ‘USB’ icon will be dis-played on the top right corner of the dis-play screen.

1.AUX Selection ButtonIf USB is not connected, it switches to theUSB mode from the Radio and CD modeto play the song files stored in the USB.If AUX is not connected, it is invalid key.

2. Track Moving Button• Press the [SEEK ] button for less

than 0.8 seconds to play from thebeginning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds and press it again within 1 secondsto move to and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [SEEK ] button button forless than 0.8 seconds to move to thenext track.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

3. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME$TITLE$ARTIST$ALBUM$FOLDER$TOTAL FILE$FILE NAME$… (Displaysno information if the file has no songinformation.)

4. Folder moving Button• Moves [FLDR ] button child folder of

the current folder and displays the firstsong in the folder. Press ENT/TUNEbutton to move to the folder displayed.It will play the first song in the folder.

• Moves [FLDR ] button parent folderand displays the first song in the folder.Press ENT/TUNE button to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

5. TUNE/ENTER ButtonTurn this button clockwise to display thesongs next to the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song.Press the button to skip to and play theselected song.

6. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to start or stop the random play-back of the songs in the current folder.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-onds to randomly play the entire songs inthe USB device.Press the button again to cancel the mode.

7. REPEAT ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to repeat the song currently played.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-onds to repeat the entire songs in theUSB device.

8. SCAN ButtonPlays 10 seconds of each song in the USBdevice.Press the button once again to cancelscanning.

Page 218: i30

4 145

Features of your vehicle

## NOTICE FOR USING i-PodDEVICE

• Some i-Pod models might not supportthe communication protocol and thefiles will not be played. (i-Pod modelssupported: Mini, 4G, Photo, Nano,5G)

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the i-Pod can be differentfrom the order searched in the audiosystem.

• If the i-Pod crashes due to its owntrouble, reset i-Pod. (Reset: Refer to i-Pod manual)

• i-Pod may not operate normally onlow battery.

CAUTION IN USING i-Pod DEVICE

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for i-Pod (purchased sepa-rately) in order to operate i-Podwith the buttons on the audio sys-tem. The PC cable provided byApple may cause malfunction anddo not use it for vehicle use.

• When connecting the device withi-Pod cable, push in the jack fullynot to interfere with communica-tion.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof i-Pod and the audio system, thesound effects of both devices willoverlap each and might causereduce or distort the quality of thesound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of i-Pod when adjustingthe audio system’s volume, andturn off the equalizer of the audiosystem when using the equalizerof i-Pod.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the i-Pod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to theAUX mode even without the i-Poddevice and can cause noise.Disconnect i-Pod cable when youare not using the i-Pod device.

Page 219: i30

Features of your vehicle

1464

1. i-Pod Selection Button

2. Track moving Button

3. INFO Selection Button

4. Category Selection Button

5. TUNE/ENTER Button

6. RANDOM Playback Button

7. REPEAT Selection Button

A-300FDD

RUNNING i-Pod (PA760) (IF EQUIPPED)

Page 220: i30

4 147

Features of your vehicle

In case the i-Pod exclusive cable is con-nected to the multiple terminal inside theconsol on the right hand side of the dri-ver’s seat. When the i-Pod is connected,the ‘i-Pod’ icon will be displayed on thetop right corner of the display screen.

1. i-Pod Selection ButtonIf i-Pod is connected, it switches to the i-Pod mode from the Radio and CD modeto play the song files stored in the i-Pod.If there are no CD and AUX mode fromthe Radio mode, it displays ‘NO MEDIA’.

2. Track Moving Button• Press the [SEEK ] button for less

than 0.8 seconds to play from thebeginning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds and press it again within 1 sec-onds to move to and play the previoustrack. Press the button for 0.8 secondsor longer to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [SEEK ] button for lessthan 0.8 seconds to move to the nexttrack.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

3. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME$ TITLE$ ARTIST$ ALBUM$ FILENAME$…(Displays no information if the file has nosong information.)

4. Category Selection ButtonMoves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the i-Pod.To move to (play) the category (song)displayed, press ENT/TUNE key.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.The order of i-Pod’s category is SONG,ALBUMES, ARTISTS, GENRES, and i-Pod.

5. TUNE/ENTER ButtonWhen you turn the button clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) next tothe song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you turn the button counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).

If you want to listen to the song displayedin the song category, press the button,then it will skip to the selected song andplay.

6. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds to activate or deactivate the randomplayback of the songs within the currentcategory.Press the button for longer than 0.8 sec-onds to randomly play all songs in theentire album of the i-Pod.Press the button once again to cancel themode.

7. REPEAT ButtonRepeats the song currently played.

Page 221: i30

5

Before driving / 5-3Key positions / 5-4Starting the engine / 5-5Manual transaxle / 5-8Automatic transaxle / 5-11Brake system / 5-17Cruise control system / 5-27Economical operation / 5-31Special driving conditions / 5-33Winter driving / 5-37Trailer towing / 5-41

Vehicle weight / 5-49

Driving your vehicle

Page 222: i30

Driving your vehicle

25

E010000AFD

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-dows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-tion.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield arekept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

Page 223: i30

5 3

Driving your vehicle

E020100AUN

Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

E020200AUN

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided inSection 7, “Maintenance”.

E020300AUN

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.

• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting acar into “Drive” or “Reverse”.

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgement.Driving while under the influence ofdrugs is as dangerous or more dan-gerous than driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.

Page 224: i30

Driving your vehicle

45

E030100AFD

Illuminated ignition switch (if equipped)Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will be illuminated for yourconvenience, provided the ignition switchis not in the ON position. The light will gooff immediately when the ignition switchis turned on or go off after about 30 sec-onds when the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionE030201AUN

LOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

E030202AUN

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

!! NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced in turning theignition key to the ACC position, turnthe steering wheel right and left torelease the tension and then turn thekey.

E030203AUN

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

E030204AUN

STARTTurn the ignition key to the START posi-tion to start the engine. The engine willcrank until you release the key; then itreturns to the ON position. The brakewarning lamp can be checked in thisposition.

KEY POSITIONS

OFD057001 OFD057002

Page 225: i30

5 5

Driving your vehicle

E040000AUN

E040100AUN

Starting the gasoline engine 1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the

clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

WARNING - Ignition key• Never turn the ignition switch to

LOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering column lockis not a substitute for the parkingbrake. Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure the shiftlever is engaged in P (Park) for theautomatic transaxle and set theparking brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement may occurif these precautions are not taken.

• Never reach for the ignition switch,or any other controls through thesteering wheel while the vehicle isin motion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodily injuryor death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to an acci-dent.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake and acceler-ator pedal, and the clutch (ifequipped).

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while the vehicleis still moving and turn the ignitionswitch to the START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

STARTING THE ENGINE

Page 226: i30

Driving your vehicle

65

E040101AUN

Starting the diesel engineTo start the diesel engine when theengine is cold, it has to be pre-heatedbefore starting the engine and then haveto be warmed up before starting to drive.1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the

clutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P(park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine when theshift lever is in the N(neutral) position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion to pre-heat the engine. Then theglow indicator light will illuminate.

4. If the glow indicator light goes out, turnthe ignition switch to the START posi-tion and hold it there until the enginestarts (a maximum of 10 seconds),then release the key.

!! NOTICEIf the engine were not started within 10seconds after the preheating is complet-ed, turn the ignition key once more tothe LOCK position during 10 seconds,and then to the ON position, in order topreheat again.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.

W-60

Glow indicator light

Page 227: i30

5 7

Driving your vehicle

Starting and stopping the engine for tur-bocharger intercooler1. Do not race or accelerate the engine

immediately after starting.If the engine is cold, idle for severalseconds before sufficient lubrication isensured in the turbo charger unit.

2. After high speed or extended driving,requiring a heavy engine load, idle theengine about 1 minute before turning itoff.This idle time will allow the tur-bocharger to cool prior to shutting theengine off.

CAUTIONDo not turn the engine off immedi-ately after it has been subjected toa heavy load. Doing so may causesevere damage to the engine orturbo charger unit.

Page 228: i30

Driving your vehicle

85

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inadver-tently press the gear shift leversideways in such a manner thatsecond gear is engaged. Such adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer willenter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the engine may possi-bly cause engine damage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such a downshifting may damagethe engine.E050000AUN

E050100AUN

Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has 5 (or 6) for-ward gears.This shift pattern is imprinted on the shiftknob. The transaxle is fully synchronizedin all forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.Press the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, then release it slowly.The gearshift lever must be returned tothe neutral position before shifting into R(Reverse). The ring located immediatelybelow the shift knob must be pulledupward while moving the shift lever to theR position.Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R (Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OFD057003

The ring (1) must be pulled up whilemoving the shift lever.

The shift lever can be moved withoutpulling the ring (1).

Page 229: i30

5 9

Driving your vehicle

• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricant haswarmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R(Reverse),put the shift lever in N(Neutral) positionand release the clutch. Press theclutch pedal back down, and then shiftinto 1st or R(Reverse) gear position.

E050101AUN

Using the clutchThe clutch should be pressed all the wayto the floor before shifting, then releasedslowly.The clutch pedal should always befully released while driving. Do not restyour foot on the clutch pedal while driv-ing. This can cause unnecessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to holdthe car on an incline. This causes unnec-essary wear. Use the foot brake or park-ing brake to hold the car on an incline. Donot operate the clutch pedal rapidly andrepeatedly.

E050102AUN

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavy traf-fic or while driving up steep hills, down-shift before the engine starts to labor.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better accelerationwhen you again need to increase yourspeed. When the vehicle is travelingdown steep hills, downshifting helpsmaintain safe speed and prolongs brakelife.

CAUTION• To avoid premature clutch wear

and damage, do not drive withyour foot resting on the clutchpedal. Also, don’t use the clutchto hold the vehicle stopped on anuphill grade, while waiting for atraffic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transaxle shift forks.

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver’s seat,always set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off. Then makesure the transaxle is shifted into 1stgear when the vehicle is parked ona level or uphill grade, and shiftedinto R (Reverse) on a downhillgrade. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement can occur ifthese precautions are not followedin the order identified.

Page 230: i30

Driving your vehicle

105

E050200AUN

Good driving practices• Never take the car out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the car ingear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction.Instead, when you are driving down along hill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. When you do this, engine brakingwill help slow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your car.

• Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into reverse.The transaxle can be damaged if youdo not. To shift into reverse, depressthe clutch, move the shift lever to neu-tral, wait three seconds, then shift tothe reverse position.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

Page 231: i30

5 11

Driving your vehicle

E060000AUN

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

OFD057004

The shift lever can be moved freely.

Depress the brake pedal when shifting, if your vehicle is equipped shift lock system.

Page 232: i30

Driving your vehicle

125

E060100AFD

Automatic transaxle operationThe highly efficient automatic transaxlehas 4 forward speeds and one reversespeed. The individual speeds are select-ed automatically, depending on the posi-tion of the shift lever.All normal forward driving is done withthe shift lever in the D (Drive) position.To move the shift lever from the P (Park)position, the brake pedal must bedepressed with the ignition switch ON.

!! NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

E060101AFD

Transaxle rangesThe indicator lights in the instrumentcluster displays the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

P (Park)Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the frontwheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeputting a car into D (Drive) or R(Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the order iden-tified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an upgrade, donot hold the vehicle stationarywith engine power. Use the serv-ice brake or the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

Page 233: i30

5 13

Driving your vehicle

R (Reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)The wheels and transaxle are not locked.The vehicle will roll freely even on theslightest incline unless the parking brakeor service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 4-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.Bring the car to a complete stop beforeshifting the selector to “D” position.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the parking brake fully.

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position. Set theparking brake fully, shut theengine off and take the key withyou. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement can occur ifyou do not follow these precau-tions in the order specified.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R whilethe vehicle is in motion, except asexplained in “Rocking the Vehicle”,in this manual.

Page 234: i30

Driving your vehicle

145

3 (Third gear)Use for towing a trailer during hill climb-ing or to use engine braking downhill."3" automatically shifts between 1st, 2ndand 3rd gears. This means that no shift-up to 4th gear is performed. However, theshift-up to 4th gear is done when the carspeed exceeds a certain value to preventthe engine from over-revving. Manuallymove the selector to "D" when returningto normal driving condition.

2 (Second gear)Use for driving on a slippery road, hillclimbing or engine braking downhill. "2"automatically shifts between first andsecond gears.This means that no shift-up to 3rd gear isperformed. However, the shift-up to thirdgear is done when the car speedexceeds a certain value to prevent theengine from over-revving. Manually movethe selector to "D" returning to normaldriving condition.

1 (First gear)Use for driving up a very steep grade orfor engine braking when descendingsteep hills. When downshifting to "1", thetransaxle will temporarily remain in sec-ond gear until the vehicle has slowedenough for low gear to engage. Do notexceed 50 km/h (30 mph) in low gear."1" shifts to 1st gear only. However, shiftup to 2nd is performed when the carexceeds a certain speed and, as speedincreases, the transaxle will shift up to3rd gear to prevent over-revving theengine.

!! NOTICE• For smooth and safe operation,

depress the brake pedal when shiftingfrom "N" (Neutral) position or "P"(Park) position to a forward or "R"(Reverse) gear.

• Fully depress the brake pedal in orderto move the shift lever from the "P"(Park) position to any of the otherpositions.

• It is always possible to shift from "R","N", "D", "3", "2", "1" position to"P" position. The vehicle must befully stopped to avoid transaxle dam-age.

CAUTION• Shift into "R", “D” and "P" posi-

tion only when the vehicle hascompletely stopped.

• Do not accelerate the engine inreverse or any of the forwardpositions with the brakes applied.

• Always apply the footbrake whenshifting from "P" or "N", to "R","D","3", "2" or "1" position.

• Check the automatic transaxlefluid level regularly, and add fluidas necessary.See the maintenance schedule forthe proper fluid recommendation.

Page 235: i30

5 15

Driving your vehicle

E060102AFD

Shift lock system (if equipped)For your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle out of P (Park)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle out of P (Park):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

Shift-lock overrideIf the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:1. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering

the shift-lock override access hole.2. Insert a screwdriver (or key) into the

access hole and press down on thescrewdriver (or key).

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer immedi-ately.

E060103AUN

Ignition key interlock system (if equipped)The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. If the ignition switch is in anyother position, the key cannot beremoved.

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around the car.

OFD057005

Page 236: i30

Driving your vehicle

165

E060200AUN

Good driving practices• Never move the gear selector lever

from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to anyother position with the acceleratorpedal depressed.

• Never move the gear selector lever into"P" when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into R(Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thecar in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the car from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

E060203AFD

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

Page 237: i30

5 17

Driving your vehicle

E070100AUN

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

E070101AUN

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

(Continued)• When descending a long or steep

hill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to sefely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

(Continued)

Page 238: i30

Driving your vehicle

185

E070102AUN

Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes.When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes (if equipped). Youmay hear this sound come and go or itmay occur whenever you depress thebrake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

Parking brake E070201AFD

Applying the parking brakeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then without pressingthe release button in, pull the parkingbrake lever up as far as possible. In addi-tion it is recommended that when parkingthe vehicle on a gradient, the shift levershould be positioned in the appropriatelow gear on manual transaxle vehicles orin the P (Park) position on automatictransaxle vehicles.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace brake pads ascomplete front or rear axle sets.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessive brakepad and brake rotor wear.

OFD057006

Page 239: i30

5 19

Driving your vehicle

E070202AFD

Releasing the parking brakeTo release the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and pull up the parkingbrake lever slightly. Secondly depress therelease button (1) and lower the parkingbrake lever (2) while holding the button.

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminatedwhen the parking brake is applied withthe ignition switch in the START or ONposition.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is released whileengine is running, there may be a mal-function in the brake system. Immediateattention is necessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution while operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure thegearshift lever is securely posi-tioned in 1st (First) gear or R(Reverse) for manual transaxleequipped vehicles and in P (Park)for automatic transaxle equippedvehicles.

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe parking brake. If the parkingbrake is released unintentionally,serious injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the car whichcan injure occupants or pedestri-ans.

OFD057007 W-75

Page 240: i30

Driving your vehicle

205

E070300AFD

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) (if equipped)

The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion warrants and allow the ABS to con-trol the force being delivered to thebrakes.

WARNINGABS (or ESP) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or danger-ous driving maneuvers. Eventhough vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for carsequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem (Electronic StabilityProgram System) may be longerthan for those without it in the fol-lowing road conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reducedspeeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• With tire chains installed.• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

(Continued)

(Continued)The safety features of an ABS (orESP) equipped vehicle should notbe tested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.

Page 241: i30

5 21

Driving your vehicle

!! NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

!! NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS is malfunctioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

W-78

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and operate your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull your carover to a safe place and stop theengine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

Page 242: i30

Driving your vehicle

225

E070500AUN-EE

Electronic stability program (ESP)(If equipped)The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)system is designed to stabilize the vehicleduring cornering maneuvers. ESP checkswhere you are steering and where thevehicle is actually going. ESP applies thebrakes at individual wheels andintervenes in the engine managementsystem to stabilize the vehicle.

The Electronic Stability Program (ESP)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESP will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESP is active.

!! NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityProgram System is functioning proper-ly.

WARNINGNever drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly when cor-nering. Electronic stability program(ESP) will not prevent accidents.Excessive speed in turns, abruptmaneuvers and hydroplaning onwet surfaces can still result in seri-ous accidents. Only a safe andattentive driver can prevent acci-dents by avoiding maneuvers thatcause the vehicle to lose traction.Even with ESP installed, always fol-low all the normal precautions fordriving - including driving at safespeeds for the conditions.

OFD057008

OFD057008R

Left-Hand drive type

Right-Hand drive type

Page 243: i30

5 23

Driving your vehicle

E070501AUN-EE

ESP operationESP ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESP and ESP OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESP is turned on.

• Press the ESP OFF button forat least half a second afterturning the ignition ON to turnESP off. (ESP OFF indicatorwill illuminate). To turn theESP on, press the ESP OFFbutton (ESP OFF indicatorlight will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESP per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

When operatingWhen the ESP is in operation,ESP indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Program is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control and indi-cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revo-lutions per minute) toincrease.

E070502AUN-EE

ESP operation offESP OFF state

• To cancel ESP operation,press the ESP OFF button(ESP OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESPis off, ESP remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESP will automatically turn onagain.

-

ESPESPOFF

Page 244: i30

Driving your vehicle

245

E070503AUN-EE

Indicator lightWhen ignition switch is turned to ON, theindicator light illuminates, then goes off ifESP system is operating normally.The ESP indicator light blinks wheneverESP is operating.ESP OFF indicator light comes on wheneither the ESP is turned off with the but-ton, or ESP fails to operate when turnedon.

!! NOTICEAfter reconnecting or recharging a dis-charged battery, the ESP OFF indicatormay illuminate. In this case, turn thesteering wheel half way to the left andright while the ignition switch is in theON position. Then, restart the engineafter the ignition is off. If the ESP OFFindicator does not turn off, have the sys-tem checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

E070504AUN-EE

ESP OFF usageWhen driving• It’s a good idea to keep the ESP turned

on for daily driving whenever possible.• To turn ESP off while driving, press the

ESP OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

Never press the ESP OFF button whileESP is operating (ESP indicator lightblinks).If ESP is turned off while ESP is operat-ing, the vehicle may slip out of control.

!! NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESP isturned off (ESP OFF light illuminat-ed). If the ESP is left on, it may pre-vent the vehicle speed from increas-ing, and result in false diagnosis.

• Turning the ESP off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

ESP

ESPOFF

" ESP indicator light (blinks)

" ESP OFF indicator light (comes on)

CAUTIONDriving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESP system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Programsystem is only a driving aid; useprecautions for safe driving byslowing down on curved, snowy, oricy roads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate whenever theESP indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery.

Page 245: i30

5 25

Driving your vehicle

E070600AFD

Good braking practices

• After being parked, check to be surethe parking brake is not engaged andthat the parking brake indicator light isout before driving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the car is washed. Wet brakescan be dangerous! Your car will notstop as quickly if the brakes are wet.Wet brakes may cause the car to pullto one side.

To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the carunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and callan authorized HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.

• Don't coast down hills with the car outof gear. This is extremely hazardous.Keep the car in gear at all times, usethe brakes to slow down, then shift to alower gear so that engine braking willhelp you maintain a safe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because it canresult in the brakes overheating andlosing their effectiveness. It alsoincreases the wear of the brake com-ponents.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thecar pointed straight ahead while youslow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

WARNINGNever press the ESP OFF buttonwhile ESP is operating.If the ESP is turned off while ESP isoperating, the vehicle may go out ofcontrol.To turn ESP off while driving, pressthe ESP OFF button while drivingon a flat road surface.

WARNING• Whenever leaving vehicle or

parking, always set the parkingbrake as far as possible and fullyengage the vehicle's transaxleinto the park position. Vehiclesnot fully engaged in park with theparking brake set are at risk formoving inadvertently and injur-ing yourself or others.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the car whichcan injure occupants or pedestri-ans.

Page 246: i30

Driving your vehicle

265

• If your car is equipped with an auto-matic transaxle, don't let your carcreep forward. To avoid creeping for-ward, keep your foot firmly on thebrake pedal when the car is stopped.

• Use caution when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the gear selector lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) or in first or reversegear (manual transaxle). If your car isfacing downhill, turn the front wheelsinto the curb to help keep the car fromrolling. If your car is facing uphill, turnthe front wheels away from the curb tohelp keep the car from rolling. If thereis no curb or if it is required by otherconditions to keep the car from rolling,block the wheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the gearselector lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the car cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.

Page 247: i30

5 27

Driving your vehicle

E090000AFD

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without resting your foot onthe accelerator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 40 km/h (24 mph).

!! NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

E090100AUN

To set cruise control speed:1. Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button on

the steering wheel to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 40 km/h (24 mph).

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated)the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keepthe cruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

• Do not use the cruise controlwhen it may not be safe to keepthe car at a constant speed, forinstance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Pay particular attention to the

driving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

• Be careful when driving downhillusing the cruise control system,which may increase the vehiclespeed.

OFD057010CAUTION

During cruise-speed driving of amanual transaxle vehicle, do notshift into neutral without depress-ing the clutch pedal, since theengine will be overrevved. If thishappens, depress the clutch pedalor release the cruise controlON/OFF switch.

Page 248: i30

Driving your vehicle

285

3. Push the COAST/SET switch, andrelease it at the desired speed.The SETindicator light in the instrument clusterwill illuminate. Release the acceleratorat the same time.The desired speed willautomatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goingdownhill.

E090200AFD

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the RES/ACCEL switch and hold

it. Your vehicle will accelerate. Releasethe switch at the speed you want.

• Push the RES/ACCEL switch andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 1.6 km/h (1 mph)each time the RES/ACCEL switch isoperated in this manner.

E090300AFD

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the COAST/SET switch and hold

it. Your vehicle will gradually slowdown. Release the switch at the speedyou want to maintain.

• Push the COAST/SET switch andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 1.6 km/h (1mph) each time the COAST/SET switchis operated in this manner.

OFD057011 OFD057012 OFD057011

Page 249: i30

5 29

Driving your vehicle

E090400AFD

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

E090500AFD

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Press the brake pedal.• Press the clutch pedal with a manual

transaxle.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic

transaxle.• Press the CANCEL switch located on

the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 15 km/h (9mph).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, pushthe RES/ACCEL switch located on yoursteering wheel. You will return to yourpreviously preset speed.

OFD057013

Page 250: i30

Driving your vehicle

305

E090600AUN

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 40 km/h(24 mph):If any method other than the CRUISEON-OFF switch was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speed willautomatically resume when theRES/ACCEL switch is pushed.It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately40 km/h (24 mph).

E090700AUN

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Push the CRUISE ON-OFF button (the

CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions cancel cruise con-trol operation. If you want to resumecruise control operation, repeat the stepsprovided in “To set cruise control speed”on the previous page.

OFD057012

Page 251: i30

5 31

Driving your vehicle

E100000AFD

Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manymiles (kilometers) you can get from a gal-lon (liter) of fuel. To operate your vehicleas economically as possible, use the fol-lowing driving suggestions to help savemoney in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to that of the other traffic so youdon't have to change speeds unneces-sarily. Avoid heavy traffic wheneverpossible. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from other vehicles so you canavoid unnecessary braking. This alsoreduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your car uses.Driving at a moderate speed, especial-ly on the highway, is one of the mosteffective ways to reduce fuel consump-tion.

• Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal.This can increase fuel consumptionand also increase wear on these com-ponents. In addition, driving with yourfoot resting on the brake pedal maycause the brakes to overheat, whichreduces their effectiveness and maylead to more serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your car in good condition. Forbetter fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your carin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in Section 7. If you drive yourcar in severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required (see Section7 for details).

• Keep your car clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the car. This extraweight can result in increased fuel con-sumption and also contribute to corro-sion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your car. Weight reduces fueleconomy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in toohigh a gear resulting in the enginebucking. If this happens, shift to a lowergear. Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeeds.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION

Page 252: i30

Driving your vehicle

325

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer perform scheduledinspections and maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.

Page 253: i30

5 33

Driving your vehicle

E110100AUN

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden movements in braking or

steering.• When braking with non-ABS brakes

pump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, orother non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction when stalledin ice, snow, or mud.

E110200AEN

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle tofree it from snow, sand, or mud, first turnthe steering wheel right and left to clearthe area around your front wheels. Then,shift back and forth between R (Reverse)and any forward gear in vehiclesequipped with an automatic transaxle. Donot race the engine, and spin the wheelsas little as possible. If you are still stuckafter a few tries, have the vehicle pulledout by a tow vehicle to avoid engine over-heating and possible damage to thetransaxle.

!! NOTICEThe ESP system (if equipped) should beturned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine over-heating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tire damage.

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 56 km/h (35mph). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damagethat may injure bystanders.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

Page 254: i30

Driving your vehicle

345

E110300AUN

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

E110400AUN

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

OUN056051 OCM053010

Page 255: i30

5 35

Driving your vehicle

E110500AUN

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

E110600AUN

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

E110700AUN

Highway drivingTires:Adjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

!! NOTICENever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

1VQA3003 1VQA1004

Page 256: i30

Driving your vehicle

365

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil:High speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

Drive belt:A loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check the tires for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tire pressures, refer to section9, “Tires and wheels”.

• Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tire tread before driving yourcar. For further information andtread limits, refer to section 7,“Tires and wheels”.

Page 257: i30

5 37

Driving your vehicle

E120000AUN

The more severe weather conditions ofwinter result in greater wear and otherproblems. To minimize the problems ofwinter driving, you should follow thesesuggestions:

E120100AUN

Snowy or Icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires or toinstall tire chains on your tires. If snowtires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to do somay adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli-cations, and sharp turns are potentiallyvery hazardous practices.

During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tire chains on the tire willprovide a greater driving force, but willnot prevent side skids.

!! NOTICETire chains are not legal in all states.Check state laws before fitting tirechains.

E120101AUN

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

1VQA3005

Page 258: i30

Driving your vehicle

385

E120102AUN

Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner, they can be damaged by mount-ing some types of snow chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tires is rec-ommended instead of snow chains. Donot mount tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels; snowchains may cause damage to the wheels.If snow chains must be used, use wire-type chains with a thickness of less than15 mm (0.59 in). Damage to your vehiclecaused by improper snow chain use isnot covered by your vehicle manufactur-ers warranty.Install tire chains only on the front tires.

!! NOTICESnow chains are not allowed for the tireof 225/45R17.

Chain installation When installing chains, follow the manu-facturer's instructions and mount them astightly as you can. Drive slowly withchains installed. If you hear the chainscontacting the body or chassis, stop andtighten them. If they still make contact,slow down until it stops. Remove thechains as soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.

CAUTION• Make sure the snow chains are

the correct size and type for yourtires. Incorrect snow chains cancause damage to the vehicle bodyand suspension and may not becovered by your vehicle manufac-turer warranty. Also, the snowchain connecting hooks may bedamaged from contacting vehiclecomponents causing the snowchains to come loose from thetire. Make sure the snow chainsare SAE class “S” certified.

• Always check chain installationfor proper mounting after drivingapproximately 0.5 to 1 km (0.3 to0.6 miles) to ensure safe mount-ing. Retighten or remount thechains if they are loose.

WARNING - Mounting chains

When mounting snow chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning flashers and placea triangular emergency warningdevice behind the vehicle if avail-able. Always place the vehicle inpark (P), apply the parking brakeand turn off the engine beforeinstalling snow chains.

1JBA4068

Page 259: i30

5 39

Driving your vehicle

E120200AUN

Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

E120300AFD

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer or a service station.

E120400AFD

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 9for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

E120500AUN

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

CAUTION• Chains that are the wrong size or

improperly installed can damageyour vehicle's brake lines, sus-pension, body and wheels.

• Stop driving and retighten thechains any time you hear themhitting the vehicle.

WARNING - Tire chains• The use of chains may adversely

affect vehicle handling.• Do not exceed 30 km/h (20 mph)

or the chain manufacturer’s rec-ommended speed limit, whichev-er is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, sharp turns, and otherroad hazards, which may causethe vehicle to bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel braking.

Page 260: i30

Driving your vehicle

405

E120600AUN

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

E120700AFD

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and most auto parts outlets. Donot use engine coolant or other types ofanti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

E120800AUN

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporar-ily while you put the gear selector lever inP (automatic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle) andblock the rear wheels so the car cannotroll. Then release the parking brake.

E120900AUN

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the car to be sure the move-ment of the front wheels and the steeringcomponents is not obstructed.

E121000AUN

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er where you drive your car, you shouldcarry appropriate emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want to carryinclude tire chains, tow straps or chains,flashlight, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a window scraper,gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket,etc.

Page 261: i30

5 41

Driving your vehicle

E140000AFD

If you are considering towing with yourcar, you should first check with yourcountry's Department of Motor Vehiclesto determine their legal requirements.Since laws vary the requirements for tow-ing trailers, cars, or other types of vehi-cles or apparatus may differ. Ask anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for furtherdetails before towing. Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify

what the vehicle trailering capacity is foryour vehicle, you should read the infor-mation in “Weight of the trailer” thatappears later in this section.

Remember that trailering is different thanjust driving your vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in handling,durability, and fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering requires correct equip-ment, and it has to be used properly.

This section contains many time-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules.Many of these are important for yoursafety and that of your passengers.Please read this section carefully beforeyou pull a trailer.

Load-pulling components such as theengine, transaxle, wheel assemblies, andtires are forced to work harder againstthe load of the added weight. The engineis required to operate at relatively higherspeeds and under greater loads. Thisadditional burden generates extra heat.The trailer also adds considerably towind resistance, increasing the pullingrequirements.

TRAILER TOWING (FOR EUROPE)

CAUTIONPulling a trailer improperly candamage your vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by yourwarranty. To pull a trailer correctly,follow the advice in this section.

WARNING - Towing a trail-er

If you don't use the correct equip-ment and drive improperly, you canlose control when you pull a trailer.For example, if the trailer is tooheavy, the brakes may not workwell - or even at all. You and yourpassengers could be seriously orfatally injured. Pull a trailer only ifyou have followed all the steps inthis section.

WARNING - Weight limitsBefore towing, make sure the totaltrailer weight, gross combinationweight, gross vehicle weight, grossaxle weight and trailer tongue loadare all within the limits.

Page 262: i30

Driving your vehicle

425

E140100AUN

Hitches It's important to have the correct hitchequipment. Crosswinds, large trucksgoing by, and rough roads are a few rea-sons why you’ll need the right hitch. Hereare some rules to follow:• Will you have to make any holes in the

body of your vehicle when you install atrailer hitch? If you do, then be sure toseal the holes later when you removethe hitch.If you don’t seal them, deadly carbonmonoxide (CO) from your exhaust canget into your vehicle, as well as dirt andwater.

• The bumpers on your vehicle are notintended for hitches. Do not attachrental hitches or other bumper-typehitches to them. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach tothe bumper.

E140200AUN

Safety chains You should always attach chainsbetween your vehicle and your trailer.Cross the safety chains under the tongueof the trailer so that the tongue will notdrop to the road if it becomes separatedfrom the hitch.Instructions about safety chains may beprovided by the hitch manufacturer or bythe trailer manufacturer. Follow the man-ufacturer’s recommendation for attachingsafety chains. Always leave just enoughslack so you can turn with your trailer.And, never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.

E140300AUN

Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to yourcountry’s regulations and that it is prop-erly installed and operating correctly.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesloaded, then it needs its own brakes andthey must be adequate. Be sure to readand follow the instructions for the trailerbrakes so you’ll be able to install, adjustand maintain them properly.• Don’t tap into your vehicle's brake sys-

tem.

WARNING - Trailer brakesDo not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolutelycertain that you have properly setup the brake system. This is not atask for amateurs. Use an experi-enced, competent trailer shop forthis work.

Page 263: i30

5 43

Driving your vehicle

E140400AUN

Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before setting outfor the open road, you must get to knowyour trailer. Acquaint yourself with thefeel of handling and braking with theadded weight of the trailer. And alwayskeep in mind that the vehicle you aredriving is now a good deal longer and notnearly so responsive as your vehicle isby itself.Before you start, check the trailer hitchand platform, safety chains, electricalconnector(s), lights, tires and mirroradjustment. If the trailer has electricbrakes, start your vehicle and trailer mov-ing and then apply the trailer brake con-troller by hand to be sure the brakes areworking. This lets you check your electri-cal connection at the same time.During your trip, check occasionally to besure that the load is secure, and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still work-ing.

E140401AUN

Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi-cle ahead as you would when drivingyour vehicle without a trailer. This canhelp you avoid situations that requireheavy braking and sudden turns.

E140402AUN

Passing You’ll need more passing distance upahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,because of the increased vehicle length,you’ll need to go much farther beyond thepassed vehicle before you can return toyour lane.

E140403AUN

Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. Then, to move the trailerto the left, just move your hand to the left.To move the trailer to the right, move yourhand to the right. Always back up slowlyand, if possible, have someone guideyou.

E140404AUN

Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this so yourtrailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs,road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoidjerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal wellin advance.

E140405AFD

Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehicle hasto have a different turn signal flasher andextra wiring. The green arrows on yourinstrument panel will flash whenever yousignal a turn or lane change. Properlyconnected, the trailer lights will also flashto alert other drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the green arrowson your instrument panel will flash forturns even if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Thus, you may think driversbehind you are seeing your signalswhen, in fact, they are not. It’s importantto check occasionally to be sure the trail-er bulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you discon-nect and then reconnect the wires.Do not connect a trailer lighting systemdirectly to your vehicle’s lighting system.Use only an approved trailer wiring har-ness.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer canassist you in installing the wiring harness.

WARNING Failure to use an approved trailerwiring harness could result in dam-age to the vehicle electrical systemand/or personal injury.

Page 264: i30

Driving your vehicle

445

E140406AFD

Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore you start down a long or steepdowngrade. If you don’t shift down, youmight have to use your brakes so muchthat they would get hot and no longeroperate efficiently.On a long uphill grade, shift down andreduce your speed to around 70 km/h (45mph) to reduce the possibility of engineand transaxle overheating.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesand you have an automatic transaxle,you should drive in D (Drive) when tow-ing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) whentowing a trailer will minimize heat build upand extend the life of your transaxle.

!! NOTICE - For gasoline engine(2.0l) and diesel engine (1.6l) withAutomatic Transaxle

If you tow a trailer on steepgrades(in excess of 12%) at a speedover 30 km/h with the maximumgross vehicle weight and the maxi-mum trailer weight, it can cause theengine or transaxle to overheat.When driving in such conditions,allow the engine to idle until it coolsdown. You may proceed once whenthe engine or transaxle has cooledsufficiently.

E140407AUN

Parking on hills Generally, you should not park your vehi-cle, with a trailer attached, on a hill.People can be seriously or fatally injured,and both your vehicle and the trailer canbe damaged if they begin a downhill tra-jectory.

However, if you ever have to park yourtrailer on a hill, here’s how to do it:1. Apply your brakes, but don’t shift into

gear.2. Have someone place chocks under

the trailer wheels.3. When the wheel chocks are in place,

release the brakes until the chocksabsorb the load.

4. Reapply the brakes. Apply your park-ing brake, and then shift to R(Reverse) for a manual transaxle or P(Park) for an automatic transaxle.

5. Release the brakes.

CAUTION• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6%) payclose attention to the enginecoolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does not over-heat.

(Continued)

(Continued)If the needle of the coolant tem-perature gauge moves across thedial towards “H” (HOT), pull overand stop as soon as it is safe todo so, and allow the engine to idleuntil it cools down. You may pro-ceed once the engine has cooledsufficiently.

• You must decide driving speeddepending on trailer weight anduphill grade to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transaxleoverheating.

WARNING - Parking on ahill

Parking your vehicle on a hill with atrailer attached could cause seri-ous injury or death, should the trail-er break lose.

Page 265: i30

5 45

Driving your vehicle

When you are ready to leave after park-ing on a hill 1. With the manual transaxle in Neutral

or automatic transaxle in P (Park),apply your brakes and hold the brakepedal down while you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the parking brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear ofthe chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick up andstore the chocks.

E140500AUN

Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more oftenwhen you regularly pull a trailer.Important items to pay particular atten-tion to include engine oil, automatictransaxle fluid, axle lubricant and coolingsystem fluid. Brake condition is anotherimportant item to frequently check. Eachitem is covered in this manual, and theIndex will help you find them quickly. Ifyou’re trailering, it’s a good idea to reviewthese sections before you start your trip.Don’t forget to also maintain your trailerand hitch. Follow the maintenanceschedule that accompanied your trailerand check it periodically. Preferably, con-duct the check at the start of each day’sdriving. Most importantly, all hitch nutsand bolts should be tight.

WARNING - Parking brakeIt can be dangerous to get out ofyour vehicle if the parking brake isnot firmly set.If you have left the engine running,the vehicle can move suddenly.Youor others could be seriously orfatally injured.

CAUTION• Due to higher load during trailer

usage, overheating might occurin hot days or during uphill driv-ing. If the coolant gauge indicatesover-heating, switch off the A/Cand stop the vehicle in a safe areato cool down the engine.

• When towing check transaxlefluid more frequently.

• If your vehicle is not equippedwith the air conditioner, youshould install a condenser fan toimprove engine performancewhen towing a trailer.

Page 266: i30

Driving your vehicle

465

E140600AFD

If you do decide to pull a trailerHere are some important points if youdecide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control.You can

ask a hitch dealer about sway control.• Do not do any towing with your car dur-

ing its first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) inorder to allow the engine to properlybreak in. Failure to heed this cautionmay result in serious engine ortransaxle damage.

• When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer forfurther information on additionalrequirements such as a towing kit, etc.

• Always drive your vehicle at a moder-ate speed (less than 100 km/h (60mph)).

• On a long uphill grade, do not exceed70 km/h (45 mph) or the posted towingspeed limit, whichever is lower.

• The chart contains important consider-ations that have to do with weight:

Engine1.4/1.6 2.0 Engine 1.6 Engine 2.0

Item Engine M/T A/T M/T A/T Engine

Maximum Without brake 550 550 550 550 550 550

trailer System (1212) (1212) (1212) (1212) (1212) (1212)

weight With brake 1200 1500 1400 1400 1200 1500

kg (Ibs.) System (2645) (3301) (3086) (3086) (2646) (3307)

Maximum permissible

static vertical load on 55 75 75 75 75 75

the coupling device (121) (165) (165) (165) (165) (165)

kg (Ibs.)

Recommended distance

from rear wheel center

to coupling point 820 (32.3)

mm (Inch)

M/T : Manual transaxleA/T : Automatic transaxle

Gasoline Engine Diesel Engine

Page 267: i30

5 47

Driving your vehicle

E140601AUN

Weight of the trailerHow heavy can a trailer safely be? Itshould never weigh more than the maxi-mum trailer weight with trailer brakes. Buteven that can be too heavy.It depends on how you plan to use yourtrailer. For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature and howoften your vehicle is used to pull a trailerare all important. The ideal trailer weightcan also depend on any special equip-ment that you have on your vehicle.

E140602AEN

Weight of the trailer tongueThe tongue load of any trailer is animportant weight to measure because itaffects the total gross vehicle weight(GVW) of your vehicle. This weightincludes the curb weight of the vehicle,any cargo you may carry in it, and thepeople who will be riding in the vehicle.And if you will tow a trailer, you must addthe tongue load to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will also be carrying thatweight.The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi-mum of 10% of the total loaded trailerweight, within the limits of the maximumtrailer tongue load permissible. Afteryou've loaded your trailer, weigh the trail-er and then the tongue, separately, tosee if the weights are proper. If theyaren’t, you may be able to correct themsimply by moving some items around inthe trailer.

WARNING - Trailer• Never load a trailer with more

weight in the rear than in thefront. The front should be loadedwith approximately 60% of thetotal trailer load; the rear shouldbe loaded with approximately40% of the total trailer load.

(Continued)

C190E02JM

Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight

C190E01JM

Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight

Page 268: i30

Driving your vehicle

485

(Continued)• Never exceed the maximum

weight limits of the trailer or trail-er towing equipment. Improperloading can result in damage toyour vehicle and/or personalinjury. Check weights and loadingat a commercial scale or highwaypatrol office equipped withscales.

• An improperly loaded trailer cancause loss of vehicle control.

Page 269: i30

5 49

Driving your vehicle

E160000AUN

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight within itsdesign rating capability, with or without atrailer. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehicledesign performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with the fol-lowing terms for determining your vehi-cle's weight ratings, with or without atrailer, from the vehicle's specificationsand the compliance label:

E160100AUN

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

E160200AUN

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

E160300AUN

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

E160400AUN

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

E160500AUN

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe compliance label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

E160600AUN

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

E160700AUN

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver’s (orfront passenger’s) door sill.

E160800AUN

Overloading

VEHICLE WEIGHT

WARNING - Vehicle weightThe gross axle weight rating(GAWR) and the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR) for your vehi-cle are on the certification labelattached to the driver's (or frontpassenger’s) door. Exceedingthese ratings can cause an acci-dent or vehicle damage. You cancalculate the weight of your load byweighing the items (and people)before putting them in the vehicle.Be careful not to overload yourvehicle.

Page 270: i30

6

Road warning / 6-2In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2If the engine will not start / 6-3Emergency starting / 6-4If the engine overheats / 6-5Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) / 6-7If you have a flat tire / 6-12Towing / 6-20Emergency commodity / 6-25

What to do in an emergency

Page 271: i30

What to do in an emergency

26

ROAD WARNING

F010100AUN

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

F020100AUN

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the car slow down while drivingstraight ahead. Do not apply the brakesimmediately or attempt to pull off theroad as this may cause a loss of con-trol. When the car has slowed to sucha speed that it is safe to do so, brakecarefully and pull off the road. Drive offthe road as far as possible and park onfirm, level ground. If you are on a divid-ed highway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

2.When the car is stopped, turn on youremergency hazard flashers, set theparking brake and put the transaxle inP (automatic transaxle) or reverse(manual transaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of the car.Be sure they all get out on the side ofthe car that is away from traffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYWHILE DRIVING

OFD067001

Page 272: i30

6 3

What to do in an emergency

F020300AFD

If engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

E030100AUN

If engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your car has an automatic transaxle,

be sure the gear selector lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

E030200AFD

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the OFF

position, check all connectors at igni-tion, coil and spark plugs. Reconnectany that may be disconnected orloose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or seekother qualified assistance.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, do notpush or pull the car to start it. Thiscould result in a collision or causeother damage. In addition, push orpull starting may cause the catalyt-ic converter to be overloaded andcreate a fire hazard.

Page 273: i30

What to do in an emergency

46

EMERGENCY STARTING

F040100AUN

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow the jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle. F040101AFD

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalon the booster battery (2). Proceed toconnect one end of the other jumpercable to the negative terminal of thebooster battery (3), then the other endto a solid, stationary, metallic point (forexample, the engine lifting bracket)away from the battery (4). Do not con-nect it to or near any part that moveswhen the engine is cranked.Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Discharged battery

Jumper Cables

Booster battery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.

Page 274: i30

6 5

What to do in an emergency

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

F040200AUN

Push-starting Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicleshould not be push-started because itmight damage the emission control sys-tem.Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

F050000AFD

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the gear selector lever in P(automatic transaxle) or neutral (man-ual transaxle) and set the parkingbrake. If the air conditioning is on, turnit off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe car or steam is coming out fromthe hood, stop the engine. Do not openthe hood until the coolant has stoppedrunning or the steaming has stopped.If there is no visible loss of enginecoolant and no steam, leave theengine running and check to be surethe engine cooling fan is operating. Ifthe fan is not running, turn the engineoff.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, checkfor coolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the car. (If the air con-ditioning had been in use, it is normalfor cold water to be draining from itwhen you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest authorized HYUNDAI dealerfor assistance.

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

WARNINGWhile the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This canallow coolant to be blown out of theopening and cause serious burns.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.

Page 275: i30

What to do in an emergency

66

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Page 276: i30

6 7

What to do in an emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

F060000AFD

(1) TPMS Malfunction Indicator(2) Low Tire Pressure Position tell-

tale(3) Low Tire Pressure telltaleF060000AEN

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is provided by aseparate telltale, which displays thesymbol "TPMS" when illuminated.When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tire pres-sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-tions may occur for a variety of rea-sons, including the installation ofreplacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to function proper-ly.

OFD067003

Page 277: i30

What to do in an emergency

86

!! NOTICEIf the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure andPosition indicators do not illuminatefor 3 seconds when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON positionor engine is running, or if theyremain illuminated after coming onfor approximately 3 seconds, takeyour car to your nearest authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have the sys-tem checked.

F060100AFD

Low tire pressure tell-tale

Low tire pressure posi-tion telltale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicators are illumi-nated, one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated. The lowtire pressure position telltale light willindicate which tire is significantlyunder-inflated by illuminating the cor-responding position light.If either telltale illuminates, immedi-ately reduce your speed, avoid hardcornering and anticipate increasedstopping distances. You should stopand check your tires as soon as pos-sible. Inflate the tires to the properpressure as indicated on the vehi-cle’s placard or tire inflation pressurelabel located on the driver’s side cen-ter pillar outer panel. If you cannotreach a service station or if the tirecannot hold the newly added air,replace the low pressure tire with thespare tire.

Then the TPMS malfunction indicatormay turn on and the Low TirePressure telltale may turn off afterrestarting and about 20 minutes ofcontinuous driving before you havethe low pressure tire repaired andreplaced on the vehicle.

!! NOTICEThe spare tire is not equipped with atire pressure sensor.

Page 278: i30

6 9

What to do in an emergency

F060200AFD

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicatorcomes on and stays on when there isa problem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System. If the Front Leftsensor fails, the TPMS malfunctionindicator illuminates, but if the FrontRight, Rear Left, or Rear Right tire isunder-inflated, the low tire pressureand position telltales may illuminatetogether with the TPMS malfunctionindicator.Have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible to determine the causeof the problem.

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

CAUTIONIn winter or cold weather, thelow tire pressure telltale may beilluminated if the tire pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunction-ing because the decreased tem-perature leads to a proportionallowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tire inflationpressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflationpressure.

TPMS

Page 279: i30

What to do in an emergency

106

F060300AFD

Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure and Position telltales willcome on. Have the flat tire repairedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealeras soon as possible or replace theflat tire with the spare tire.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Even if you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, the TPMSmalfunction indicator may turn onand the Low Tire Pressure telltalemay turn off after restarting andabout 20 minutes of continuous driv-ing before you have the low pressuretire repaired and replaced on thevehicle.However, if the low pressure tire isnot in the vehicle, the Low TirePressure and Position telltales will gooff and the TPMS malfunction indica-tor will go on after a few minutesbecause the spare tire does not havea sensor.Once the low pressure tire is re-inflated to the recommended pres-sure and installed on the vehicle, theTPMS malfunction indicator and thelow tire pressure and position tell-tales will extinguish within a few min-utes of driving.If the indicators are not extinguishedafter a few minutes of driving, pleasevisit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION• The TPMS malfunction indica-

tor may be illuminated if thevehicle is moving around elec-tric power supply cables orradios transmitter such as atpolice stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtowers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may be illuminated if someelectronic devices, such asnotebook computers, are usedin the vehicle. This can inter-fere with normal operation ofthe Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

CAUTIONNEVER use a puncture-repair-ing agent to repair and/or inflatea low pressure tire. The tiresealant can damage the tirepressure sensor. If used, youwill have to replace the tire pres-sure sensor.

Page 280: i30

6 11

What to do in an emergency

You may not be able identify a lowtire by simply looking at it. Alwaysuse a good quality tire pressuregauge to measure the tire's inflationpressure. Please note that a tire thatis hot (from being driven) will have ahigher pressure measurement than atire that is cold (from sitting station-ary for at least 3 hours and drivenless than 1 mile (1.6km) during that 3hour period).Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6km) in that 3hour period.

CAUTIONDo not use any tire sealant ifyour vehicle is equipped with aTire Pressure MonitoringSystem. The liquid sealant candamage the tire pressure sen-sors.

WARNING - ProtectingTPMS

Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)components may interfere withthe system's ability to warn thedriver of low tire pressure con-ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modify-ing, or disabling the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS) components may voidthe warranty for that portion ofthe vehicle.

WARNING - TPMS• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-age caused by external fac-tors such as nails or roaddebris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road.

Page 281: i30

What to do in an emergency

126

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

F070100AFD

Jack and toolsThe spare tire, jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench are stored inthe luggage compartment. Removethe luggage under tray out of the wayto reach this equipment.(1) Towing hook(2) Jack handle(3) Screwdriver(4) Jack(5) Wheel lug nut wrench

F070101AUN

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

OFD067004

WARNING - Changing tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on level firm ground.If you cannot find a firm, levelplace off the road, call a tow-ing service company forassistance.

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

(Continued)

Page 282: i30

6 13

What to do in an emergency

F070200AFD

Removing and storing the sparetire Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

F070300AFD

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into R

(Reverse) with manual transaxleor P (Park) with automatictransaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

OFD067005

(Continued)• The vehicle can easily roll off

the jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

OED066033

Page 283: i30

What to do in an emergency

146

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

OFD067015 OFD067006

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle bechocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

Page 284: i30

6 15

What to do in an emergency

7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1.2 in).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OFD067009 OUN046018

Page 285: i30

What to do in an emergency

166

10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight.The nuts should be installedwith their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetire to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

11. Lower the car to the ground byturning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise. Then position the wrench as shown

in the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle.Go around the wheel tighteningevery other nut until they are all tight.Then double-check each nut fortightness. After changing wheels,have an authorized HYUNDAI dealertighten the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:9~11 kg.m (65~79 lb.ft)

OUN046019

WARNINGWheels and wheel covers mayhave sharp edges. Handle themcarefully to avoid possiblesevere injury. Before putting thewheel into place, be sure thatthere is nothing on the hub orwheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,etc.) that interferes with thewheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If there isnot good contact on the mount-ing surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

Page 286: i30

6 17

What to do in an emergency

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from thetire. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tires and wheels” insection 9.

Page 287: i30

What to do in an emergency

186

F070301AUN

Important - use of compact spare tire(if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).

!! NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately25 mm (1 inch), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over80 km/h (50 mph). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.

Page 288: i30

6 19

What to do in an emergency

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use tire chains on the com-pact spare tire. Because of thesmaller size, a tire chain will not fitproperly. This could damage thevehicle and result in loss of thechain.

• The compact spare tire should notbe installed on the front axle if thevehicle must be driven in snow oron ice.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one tempo-rary spare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the tem-porary spare tire is installed.

Page 289: i30

What to do in an emergency

206

TOWING

F080100AFD

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercialtow-truck service. Proper lifting and tow-ing procedures are necessary to preventdamage to the vehicle. The use of wheeldollies or flatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with therear wheels on the ground (without dol-lies) and the front wheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

HNF4015

D080B02NF

D080B01NF

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

CAUTIONBefore towing, check the level ofthe automatic transaxle fluid. If it isbelow the "HOT" range on the dip-stick, add fluid. If you cannot addfluid, a towing dolly must be used.

dolly

Page 290: i30

6 21

What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

F080200AUN

Removable towing hook (rear)1. Open the tailgate, and remove the tow-

ing hook from the tool case.2. Remove the hole cover pressing the

lower part of the cover on the rearbumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it is fullysecured.

4. Remove the towing hook and installthe cover after use.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle. OFD067010 OFD067011

Page 291: i30

What to do in an emergency

226

F080300AFD

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer or a commercial towtruck service.If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front (or rear) of the vehicle.

Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.• Do not use the towing hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or other con-ditions from which the vehicle cannotbe driven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

OFD067012

OFD067010

Front

Rear

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

Page 292: i30

6 23

What to do in an emergency

• Use a towing strap less than 5 m (16feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking bake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle is unableto be moved, do not forcibly con-tinue the towing. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or acommercial tow truck service forassistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

OUN046024

Page 293: i30

What to do in an emergency

246

F080400AFD

Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing)

OFD067014

WARNING Do not use the hooks under thefront of the vehicle for towing pur-poses. These hooks are designedONLY for transport tie-down. If thetie-down hooks are used for tow-ing, the tie-down hooks or frontbumper will be damaged and thiscould lead to serious injury.

CAUTIONIf the car is being towed with all fourwheels on the ground, it can betowed only from the front. Be surethat the transaxle is in neutral. Donot tow at speeds greater than 40km/h (25 mph) and for more than 25km (15 miles). Be sure the steeringis unlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. A drivermust be in the towed vehicle tooperate the steering and brakes.

Page 294: i30

6 25

What to do in an emergency

EMERGENCY COMMODITY (IF EQUIPPED) F110000AUN

There are some emergency commoditiesin the vehicle to help you respond to theemergency situation.

F110100AUN

Fire extinguisherIf there is small fire and you know how touse the fire extinguisher, take the follow-ing steps carefully.1. Pull the pin at the top of the extin-

guisher that keeps the handle frombeing accidentally pressed.

2. Aim the nozzle toward the base of thefire.

3. Stand approximately 2.5 m (8 ft) awayfrom the fire and squeeze the handleto discharge the extinguisher. If yourelease the handle, the discharge willstop.

4. Sweep the nozzle back and forth at thebase of the fire. After the fire appearsto be out, watch it carefully since itmay re-ignite.

F110200AUN

First aid kit There are some items such as scissors,bandage and adhesive tape and etc. inthe kit to give first aid to an injured per-son.

F110300AUN

Triangle reflector Place the triangle reflector on the road towarn oncoming vehicles during emer-gencies, such as when the vehicle isparked by the roadside due to any prob-lems.

F110400AUN

Tire pressure gauge (If equipped)Tires normally lose some air in day-to-day use, and you may have to add a fewpounds of air periodically and it is notusually a sign of a leaking tire, but of nor-mal wear. Always check tire pressurewhen the tires are cold because tire pres-sure increases with temperature.

To check the tire pressure, take the fol-lowing steps;1. Unscrew the inflation valve cap that is

located on the rim of the tire.2. Press and hold the gauge against the

tire valve. Some air will escape as youbegin and more will escape if you don'tpress the gauge in firmly.

3. A firm non-leaking push will activatethe gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge toknow whether the tire pressure is lowor high.

5. Adjust the tire pressures to the speci-fied pressure. Refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 9.

6. Reinstall the inflation valve cap.

Page 295: i30

7

Engine compartment / 7-2Maintenance services / 7-4Owner maintenance / 7-6Scheduled maintenance service / 7-8Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-21Engine oil / 7-24Engine coolant / 7-25Brakes and clutch fluid / 7-28Automatic transaxle fluid / 7-29Washer fluid / 7-31Parking brake / 7-31Fuel filter / 7-32Air cleaner / 7-33Climate control air filter / 7-35Wiper blades / 7-37Battery / 7-40

Tires and wheels / 7-43Fuses / 7-53Light bulbs / 7-62Appearance care / 7-68Emission control system / 7-74

Maintenance

Page 296: i30

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OFD077002/OFD077003

G010000AFD

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Negative battery terminal

7. Positive battery terminal

8. Auto transaxle oil dipstick*

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir* : if equipped

!! Gasoline Engine (1.4L/1.6L)

!! Gasoline Engine (2.0L)

Page 297: i30

7 3

Maintenance

OFD077004/OFD077001

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Fuel filter

5. Air cleaner

6. Fuse box

7. Negative battery terminal

8. Positive battery terminal

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

!! Diesel Engine (1.6L)

!! Diesel Engine (2.0L)

Page 298: i30

Maintenance

47

MAINTENANCE SERVICESG020000AFD

You should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized HYUNDAI dealerperform this work.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac-tory-trained technicians and genuineHYUNDAI parts to service your vehicleproperly. For expert advice and qualityservice, see an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

G020100AFD

Owner’s responsibility

"" NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Service Passport.

Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’s highservice quality standards and receivestechnical support from HYUNDAI inorder to provide you with a high level ofservice satisfaction.

Page 299: i30

7 5

Maintenance

G020200AFD

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer with specialtools.

"" NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Service Passport provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

WARNING - Diesel EngineNever work on injection systemwith engine running or within 30seconds after shutting off engine.High-pressure pump, rail, injectorsand high-pressure pipes are sub-ject to high pressure even after theengine stopped. The fuel jet pro-duced by fuel leaks may cause seri-ous injury, if it touches the body.People using pacemakers shouldnot move than 30cm closer to theECU or wiring harness within theengine room while engine is run-ning, since the high currents in theelectronic engine control systemproduce considerable magneticfields.

Page 300: i30

Maintenance

67

OWNER MAINTENANCE G030000AFD

The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorized HYUNDAIdealer at the frequencies indicated tohelp ensure safe, dependable operationof your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule G030101AUN

When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check coolant level in coolant reser-

voir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

G030102AUN

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check automatic transaxle P (Park)function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

Page 301: i30

7 7

Maintenance

G030103AUN

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

G030104AUN

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) :• Check radiator, heater and air condi-

tioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check windshield washer spray and

wiper operation. Clean wiper bladeswith clean cloth dampened with wash-er fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields

and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

G030105AUN

At least once a year :• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and checks, and

hood hinges.• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean battery and terminals.• Check the brake (and clutch) fluid

level.

Page 302: i30

Maintenance

87

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE G040000AUN

Follow Normal Maintenance Scheduleif the vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply. Ifany of the following conditions apply, fol-low Maintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 32°C(90°F).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule.After 96 month or 120,000 km (80,000miles) continue to follow the prescribedmaintenance intervals.

Page 303: i30

7 9

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINEG040100AFD

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.*1 : Adjust alternator and power steering (and water pump drive belt) and air conditioner drive belt (if equipped).

Inspect and if necessary correct or replace.*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.*3 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.*4 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. A qualified technician should perform the

operation.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles!1,000 10 22 34 46 58 70 82 94

Km!1,000 15 35 55 75 95 115 135 155Drive belts *1 I I I I I I I I

Engine oil and engine oil filter *2 R R R R R R R R

Engine timing belt 2.0L Gasoline

Tensioner/idler 2.0L Gasoline

Air cleaner filter I R I R I R I R

Air cleaner filter Middle east

Spark plugs R R R R

Valve clearance *4

Inspect every 95,000 km (58,000 miles) or 48 months and replace every 135,000 km (82,000 miles) or 72 months *3

Inspect when timing belt is inspected or replaced

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCEITEM

Inspect every 95,000 km (58,000 miles) or 48 months *3

Replace every 15,000 km or 12 months

Page 304: i30

Maintenance

107

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles!1,000 10 22 34 46 58 70 82 94

Km!1,000 15 35 55 75 95 115 135 155Vapor hose and fuel filler cap I I I I

Vacuum and crankcase ventilation hoses I I I I

Fuel filter R R

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I

Cooling systemInspect “Coolant level adjustment and leak” every day

Inspect “Water pump” when replacing the drive belt or timing belt

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCEITEM

Page 305: i30

7 11

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.*5 : When adding coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at

the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.*6 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCEITEM

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles!1,000 10 22 34 46 58 70 82 94

Km!1,000 15 35 55 75 95 115 135 155

For Europe

Engine coolant *5

Except Europe

Battery condition I I I I I I I I

All electrical systems I I I I

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I

Brake pedal, clutch pedal I I I I

Parking brake I I I I I I I I

Brake/clutch fluidFor Europe I R I R I R I RExcept Europe I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I

At first replace every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months:

after that, replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months*6

At first, replace at 100,000 km (62,000 miles) or 60 months:after that, replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months*6

Page 306: i30

Maintenance

127

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles!1,000 10 22 34 46 58 70 82 94

Km!1,000 15 35 55 75 95 115 135 155Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I

Tire (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I

Front suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I

Bolt and nuts on chassis and body I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner refrigerant (if equipped) I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner compressor (if equipped) I I I I I I I I

Climate control air filter (if equipped)For Europe R R R R R R R RExcept Europe

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) I I I I I I I I

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped) For Europe I I I I R I I IExcept Europe I I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCEITEM

Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles)

Page 307: i30

7 13

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - GASOLINE ENGINEG040200AFD

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace

Engine oil and engine oil filter R Every 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or 6 months A, B, C, D, E,

F, G, H, I J

Air cleaner filter R C, E

Spark plugs R B, H

Engine timing belt2.0L Gasoline R Every 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months D, E, F, G

tensioner and idler

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) R Every 100,000 km (62,000 miles)*1 C, D, E, G, H, I, J

Automatic transaxle fluid For Europe R Every 45,000 km (30,000 miles) A, C, D, E, F,

(if equipped) Except Europe R Every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) G, H, I, J

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I C, D, E, F, G

MAINTENANCE ITEM Maintenanceoperation

Maintenance intervals Driving condition

Replace more frequently depending on the condition

Inspect more frequently depending on the condition

Replace more frequently depending on the condition

Page 308: i30

Maintenance

147

Severe driving conditionsA : Repeated short distance drivingB : Extensive idlingC : Driving in dusty, rough roadsD : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive

materials or in very cold weatherE : Driving in sandy areas

F : More than 50 % driving in heavy city traffic during hotweather above 32°C (90°F)

G : Driving in mountainous areas.H : Towing a trailerI : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle tow-

ingJ : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)

Front suspension ball joints I C, D, E, F, G

Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I C, D, E, G, H

Parking brake I C, D, G, H

Driveshaft and boots I C, D, E, F, G, I, H, J

Climate control air filter (if equipped) R C, E

MAINTENANCE ITEM Maintenanceoperation

Maintenance intervals Driving condition

Inspect more frequently depending on the condition

Inspect more frequently depending on the condition

Inspect more frequently depending on the condition

Inspect more frequently depending on the condition

Replace more frequently depending on the condition

Page 309: i30

7 15

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINEG040300AFD

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.*1 : Adjust alternator and power steering (and water pump drive belt) and air conditioner drive belt (if equipped).

Inspect and if necessary correct or replace.*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCEITEM

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles!1,000 12.5 25 37.5 50 62.5 75 87.5 100

Km!1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160Drive belts *1 I I I I I I I I

Engine oil and engine oil filter *2For Europe R R R R R R R R

Except Europe

Engine timing belt 2.0L Diesel I R

Tensioner/idler/damper pulley

Air cleaner filter I R I R I R I R

Inspect when replacing the drive belt or timing belt

Replace every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months

Page 310: i30

Maintenance

167

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCEITEM

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles!1,000 12.5 25 37.5 50 62.5 75 87.5 100

Km!1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160Fuel filler cap I I I I

PCV and Crank ventilation hose I I I I I I I I

Vacuum hose (for EGR & throttle body) I I I I I I I I

Vacuum pump and vacuum hose I I I I I I I I

Vacuum pump oil hose I I I I I I I I

Fuel filter cartridge *4

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I

Cooling systemInspect “Coolant level adjustment and leak” every day

Replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) *3

Inspect “Water pump” when replacing the drive belt or timing belt

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.*3 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.*4 : If the diesel fuel specifications don't meet the European standards EN590, replace it more frequently.

Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

Page 311: i30

7 17

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles!1,000 12.5 25 37.5 50 62.5 75 87.5 100

Km!1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Engine coolant *5

Battery condition I I I I I I I I

All electrical systems I I I I I I I I

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I

Brake pedal, clutch pedal I I I I I I I I

Parking brake I I I I I I I I

Brake/clutch fluid I R I R I R I R

Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I

At first, replace at 100,000 km (62,500 miles) or 60 months:after that, replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months *3

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCEITEM

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.*3 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.*5 : When adding coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at

the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.

Page 312: i30

Maintenance

187

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)

Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles!1,000 12.5 25 37.5 50 62.5 75 87.5 100

Km!1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I

Drive shaft and boots I I I I I I I I

Tire (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I

Front suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I

Bolt and nuts on chassis and body I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner refrigerant (if equipped) I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner compressor (if equipped) I I I I I I I I

Climate control air filter (if equipped)For Europe R R R R R R R R

Except Europe

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) I I I I I I I I

Automatic transaxle fluid For Europe I I I I R I I I

(if equipped) Except Europe I I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCEITEM

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles)

Page 313: i30

7 19

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - DIESEL ENGINEG040400AFD

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace

MAINTENANCE ITEM Maintenanceoperation

Maintenance intervals Driving condition

Replace more frequently depending on the condition

*1 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.

Engine oil and For Europe R Every 10,000 km (6,200 miles) or 6 months A, B, C, F, G,

engine oil filter Except Europe R Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months H, I, J, K, L

Air cleaner filter R C, E

Engine timing belt 2.0L Diesel R Every 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months D, E, F, G

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) R Every 100,000 km (62,500 miles)*1 C, D, E, G, H, I, K

Automatic transaxle fluid For Europe R Every 45,000 km (30,000 miles) A, C, D, E, F

(if equipped) Except Europe R Every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) G, H, I, K

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I C, D, E, F, GInspect more frequently depending on the condition

Page 314: i30

Maintenance

207

Severe driving conditionsA : Repeated short distance drivingB : Extensive idlingC : Driving in dusty, rough roadsD : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive

materials or in very cold weatherE : Driving in sandy areasF : More than 50 % driving in heavy city traffic during hot

weather above 32 °C (90 °F)

G : Driving in mountainous areas.H : Towing a trailerI : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle tow-

ingJ : Driving in very cold weatherK : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)L : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

Front suspension ball joints I C, D, E, F, G

Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I C, D, E, G, H

Parking brake I C, D, G, H

Drive shaft and boots I C, D, E, F, I, G, H

Climate control air filter (if equipped) R C, E

MAINTENANCE ITEM Maintenanceoperation

Maintenance intervals Driving condition

Inspect more frequently depending on the condition

Inspect more frequently depending on the condition

Inspect more frequently depending on the condition

Inspect more frequently depending on the condition

Inspect more frequently depending on the condition

Page 315: i30

7 21

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSG050100AUN

Engine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the car is beingdriven in severe conditions, more fre-quent oil and filter changes are required.

G050200AUN

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

G050300AFD

Fuel filter (cartridge)A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

G050400AFD

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorized HYUNDAI dealer replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately.

WARNING - Diesel onlyNever work on injection systemwith engine running or within 30seconds after shutting off engine.High pressure pump, rail, injectorsand high pressure pipes are sub-ject to high pressure even after theengine stopped. The fuel jet pro-duced by fuel leaks may cause seri-ous injury, if it touch the body.People using pacemakers shouldnot move than 30cm closer to theECU or wiring harness within theengine room while engine is run-ning, since the high currents in theCommon Rail system produce con-siderable magnetic fields.

Page 316: i30

Maintenance

227

G050500AUN

Timing belt (if equipped)Inspect all parts related to the timing beltfor damage and deformation. Replaceany damaged parts immediately.

G050600AUN

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

G050700AUN

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

G050800AFD

Air cleaner filterA Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter isreplaced.

G050900AUN

Spark plugs (for gasoline engine)Make sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

G051000AFD

Valve clearance (if equipped)Inspect excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer shouldperform the operation.

G051100AUN

Cooling systemCheck the cooling system parts, such asradiator, coolant reservoir, hoses andconnections for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G051200AUN

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

Page 317: i30

7 23

Maintenance

G051300AUN

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

G051400AUN

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)The fluid level should be in the "HOT"range of the dipstick, after the engineand transaxle are at normal operatingtemperature. Check the automatictransaxle fluid level with the engine run-ning and the transaxle in neutral, with theparking brake properly applied.

G051500AUN

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

G051600AUN

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between“MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side ofthe reservoir. Use only hydraulic brakefluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4specification.

G051700AUN

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake lever and cables.

G051900AUN

Brake pads, calipers and rotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

G052100AUN

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

G052200AUN

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G052400AUN

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

G052500AUN

Air conditioning refrigerant (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

Page 318: i30

Maintenance

247

ENGINE OIL

G060100AUN

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 9.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

OFD077005 OFD077007

Page 319: i30

7 25

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANTG060200AFD

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at the begin-ning of this section.

G070000AUN

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant concentration level at least oncea year, at the beginning of the winterseason, and before traveling to a colderclimate.

G070100AFD

Checking the coolant level

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage and could result in seri-ous personal injury from escap-ing hot coolant or steam.

(Continued)

WARNINGUsed engine oil may cause irrita-tion or cancer of the skin if left incontact with the skin for prolongedperiods of time. Used engine oilcontains chemicals that havecaused cancer in laboratory ani-mals. Always protect your skin bywashing your hands thoroughlywith soap and warm water as soonas possible after handling used oil.

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until

it cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

Page 320: i30

Maintenance

267

5°F (-15°C) 35 65

-13°F (-25°C) 40 60

-31°F (-35°C) 50 50

-49°F (-45°C) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the side of thecoolant reservoir when the engine iscool.

If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F, but do not overfill. If frequentcoolant refill is required, see an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling sys-tem inspection.

G070101AUN

Recommended engine coolant• Use only soft (de-mineralized) water in

the coolant mixture.• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

OHD076008

Type A

OED076024A

Type B

Page 321: i30

7 27

Maintenance

G070200AFD

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

WARNING - Radiator capDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth or fabric aroundthe radiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts such as generator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

OED076024

OFD077037

Type A

OED076056

Type C

Type B

Page 322: i30

Maintenance

287

BRAKES AND CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID

G080100AFD

Checking the brake/clutch fluidlevel Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake/clutch fluid, clean the areaaround the reservoir cap thoroughly toprevent brake/clutch fluid contamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake linings.If the fluid level is excessively low, havethe brake system checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid.(Refer to “Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 9.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake fluidWhen changing and addingbrake/clutch fluid, handle it careful-ly. Do not let it come in contact withyour eyes. If brake/clutch fluidshould come in contact with youreyes, immediately flush them with alarge quantity of fresh tap water.Have your eyes examined by a doc-tor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss of brakefluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OHD076011

CAUTIONDo not allow brake/clutch fluid tocontact the vehicle's body paint, aspaint damage will result.Brake/clutch fluid, which has beenexposed to open air for an extendedtime should never be used as itsquality cannot be guaranteed. Itshould be disposed of properly.Don't put in the wrong kind of fluid.A few drops of mineral-based oil,such as engine oil, in your brakeclutch system can damage brakeclutch system parts.

Brake fluid reservoir

OHD076011R

Clutch fluid reservoir (if equipped)

Page 323: i30

7 29

Maintenance

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)

G100100AFD

Checking the automatic transaxlefluid level The automatic transaxle fluid levelshould be checked regularly.Keep the vehicle on the level ground withthe parking brake applied and check thefluid level according to the following pro-cedure.1. Place the selector lever in N (Neutral)

position and confirm the engine is run-ning at normal idle speed.

2. After the transaxle is warmed up suffi-ciently (fluid temperature 70~80°C(158~176°F), for example by 10 min-utes usual driving, move the shift leverthrough all positions then place theselector lever in “N (Neutral) or P(Park)” position.

3. Confirm that the fluid level is in “HOT”range on the level gauge. If the fluidlevel is lower, add the specified fluidfrom the fill hole. If the fluid level ishigher, drain the fluid from the drainhole.

4. If the fluid level is checked in cold con-dition (fluid temperature 20~30°C(68~86°F) add the fluid to “C” (COLD)line and then recheck the fluid levelaccording to the above step 2.

OHD076012 OHD076045N

Page 324: i30

Maintenance

307

"" NOTICE“C” (COLD) range is for reference onlyand should NOT be used to determinetransaxle fluid level.

"" NOTICENew automatic transaxle fluid should bered. The red dye is added so the assem-bly plant can identify it as automatictransaxle fluid and distinguish it fromengine oil or antifreeze. The red dye,which is not an indicator of fluid quali-ty, is not permanent. As the vehicle isdriven, the automatic transaxle fluidwill begin to look darker. The color mayeventually appear light brown.Therefore, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer change the automatictransaxle fluid according to theScheduled Maintenance at the begin-ning of this section.

Use only the specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to “Recommendedlubricants and capacities” in section 9.)

G100200AFD

Changing the automatic transaxlefluidHave automatic transaxle fluid changedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealeraccording to the Maintenance Scheduleat the beginning of this section.

WARNING - Transaxle fluidThe transaxle fluid level should bechecked when the engine is at nor-mal operating temperature. Thismeans that the engine, radiator,radiator hose and exhaust systemetc., are very hot. Exercise greatcare not to burn yourself duringthis procedure.

WARNING - Parking brakeTo avoid sudden movement of thevehicle, apply parking brake anddepress the brake pedal beforemoving the shift lever.

CAUTION• Low fluid level causes transaxle

slippage. Overfilling can causefoaming, loss of fluid and transaxlemalfunction.

• The use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.

Page 325: i30

7 31

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID

G120100AUN

Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that youcan check the level with a quick visualinspection.Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

G140100AFD

Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhile fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 7 “clicks’’ at a force of 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield Washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contact-ing windshield washer fluid.Serious injury or death couldoccur.

OHD076013 OFD057006

PARKING BRAKE

Page 326: i30

Maintenance

327

FUEL FILTER (FOR DIESEL)G150100AFD

Draining water from fuel filterThe fuel filter for diesel engine plays animportant role of separating water fromfuel and accumulating the water in itsbottom.If water accumulates in the fuel filter, thewarning light comes on when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.If the light is turned on, take your car tothe authorised HYUNDAI dealer andhave drain the water and checked thesystem.

G150200AFD

Fuel filter cartridge replacement

"" NOTICEWhen replacing the fuel filter cartridge,use HYUNDAI genuine parts.

G150300AFD

Extracting air in the fuel filter(1.6L Diesel engine)If you drove until you have no fuel left orif you replaced the fuel filter, be sure toextract air in the fuel system as it makesyou difficult to start the engine.1. Disconnect the fuel outlet connector

(1) from the fuel filter.2. Pump up and down until the fuel flows

out of the fuel outlet nipple.

"" NOTICE• Use cloths when you extract air so that

the fuel is not sprayed around.• Clean the fuel around the fuel filter or

the injection pump before starting theengine to prevent fire.

• Finally, check each part if the fuel isleaking.

OFD077020

CAUTIONIf the water accumulated in the fuelfilter is not drained at proper times,damages to the major parts such asthe fuel system can be caused bywater permeation in the fuel filter.

Page 327: i30

7 33

Maintenance

AIR CLEANER

G160100AFD

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be cleaned and reused.

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attachingclips and open the cover.

2. Replace the air cleaner filter.3. Lock the cover with the cover attaching

clips.

OHD076016 OHD076017 OHD076018

Page 328: i30

Maintenance

347

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usage condi-tions” in this section.)

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Useof nongenuine part could damagethe air flow sensor or turbo charg-er.

Page 329: i30

7 35

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)

G170100AFD

Filter inspectionIf the vehicle is operated in the severelyair-polluted cities or on dusty roughroads for a long period, it should beinspected more frequently and replacedearlier. When you, the owner, replace theclimate control air filter, replace it per-forming the following procedure, and becareful to avoid damaging other compo-nents.Replace the filter according to the main-tenance Schedule.

Filter replacement1. Open the glove box and remove the

support rod.

2. With the glove box open, remove thestoppers on both sides to allow theglove box hang freely on the hinges.

OFD077015 OFD077016 OFD077017

Page 330: i30

Maintenance

367

3. Remove the climate control air filtercase pulling out the cover.

4. Replace the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order of

disassembly.

"" NOTICEWhen replacing the climate control airfilter install it according to the “!!AIRFLOW!!” identification marks.Otherwise, the system may producenoise and the effectiveness of the filtermay be reduced.

OFD077018 OFD077036

Page 331: i30

7 37

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES

G180100AUN

Blade inspection"" NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

G180200AUN

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

1JBA5122CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

Page 332: i30

Maintenance

387

G180201AFD

Front windshield wiper blade1. Raise the wiper arm.

2. Press the button and slide the bladeassembly upward.

3. Install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

4. Return the wiper arm on the wind-shield.

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

OEN076049 OEN076047 OEN076048

Page 333: i30

7 39

Maintenance

G180202AFD

Rear window wiper blade (if equipped)1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the

wiper blade assembly.

2. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the center part into the slot inthe wiper arm until it clicks into place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull it slight-ly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer replace the wiperblade.

OED076040 OED076041

Page 334: i30

Maintenance

407

G190100AUN

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feel apain or a burning sensa-tion, get medical attentionimmediately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

(Continued)

BATTERY

OFD077037

Page 335: i30

7 41

Maintenance

G190200AUN

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

(Continued)• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-

tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

(Continued)

Page 336: i30

Maintenance

427

G130300AUN

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)• Auto up/down window (See section 4)

(Continued)• Disconnect the battery charger in

the following order.1. Turn off the battery charger main

switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp from

the negative battery terminal.3. Unhook the positive clamp from

the positive battery terminal.• Before performing maintenance

or recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

Page 337: i30

7 43

Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN

Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

G200200AFD

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressurerefer to “Tire and wheels” in section9.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the vehicle.

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Severe underinflation (70 kPa(10 psi) or more) can lead tosevere heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OHD086003

Page 338: i30

Maintenance

447

WARNING - Tire inflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than 1.6 km (onemile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6psi). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

Page 339: i30

7 45

Maintenance

G200300AUN

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

G200301AFD

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure. You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly caus-ing poor handling, loss of vehi-cle control, and sudden tirefailure leading to accidents,injuries, and even death. Therecommended cold tire pres-sure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and onthe tire label located on the dri-ver's side center pillar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire.HYUNDAI recommends thatyou check the spare everytime you check the pressureof the other tires on your vehi-cle.

Page 340: i30

Maintenance

467

G200400AUN

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section9.

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

"" NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

WARNING• Do not use the compact spare

tire for tire rotation.• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

S2BLA790

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

With a full-size spare tire (if equipped)

Directional tires (if equipped)

Page 341: i30

7 47

Maintenance

G200500AFD

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

G200600AFD

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

1LDA5026

Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacingtires

To reduce the chance or seriousor fatal injuries from an acci-dent caused by tire failure orloss of vehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same car. You mustreplace all tires (including thespare) if moving from radial tobias-ply tires.

(Continued)

Page 342: i30

Maintenance

487

G200601AUN

Compact spare tire replacement (ifequipped)A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

G200700AUN

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

(Continued)• Using tires and wheel other

than the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meetHYUNDAI’s specificationsmay fit poorly and result indamage to the vehicle orunusual handling and poorvehicle control.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer calibration, head-light aim and bumper height.

Page 343: i30

7 49

Maintenance

G200800AUN

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

G200900AUN

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

G201000AUN

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

G201001AUN

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

G201002AFD

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)205/55R16 91H

205 - Tire width in millimeters.55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).16 - Rim diameter in inches.91 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

I030B04JM

1

1

2 3

4

5,6

7

Page 344: i30

Maintenance

507

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:6.0JX16

6.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.16 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger cars. The speedrating is part of the tire size designa-tion on the sidewall of the tire. Thissymbol corresponds to that tire'sdesigned maximum safe operatingspeed.

G201003AEN

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years, basedon the manufacturing date, tirestrength and performance, declinewith age naturally (even unusedspare tires). Therefore, the tires(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1606 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2006.

Page 345: i30

7 51

Maintenance

G201004AUN

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric are in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

G201005AUN

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

G201006AUN

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

G201007AUN

7. Uniform tire quality grading Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1!) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normbecause of variations in drivinghabits, service practices and differ-ences in road characteristics and cli-mate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclesmay vary with respect to grade.

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattires generally be replaced aftersix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by not climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thisWarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

Page 346: i30

Maintenance

527

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tires ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by thelaw.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

Page 347: i30

7 53

Maintenance

FUSES

G210000AFD

A vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.

This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, onelocated in the driver’s side panel bolster,the other in the engine compartmentnear the battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse will bemelted.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and fusible link for higher amperage rat-ings.

1VQA4037

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Fusible link

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire instead of theproper fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

Page 348: i30

Maintenance

547

G210100AUN

Inner panel fuse replacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigar lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse block in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OHD076025

Driver’s side panel

OFD077038

Page 349: i30

7 55

Maintenance

G210101AUN

Memory fuseYour vehicle is equipped with the memo-ry fuse to prevent battery discharge ifyour vehicle is parked without beingoperated for prolonged periods. Use thefollowing procedures before parking thevehicle for prolonged periods.

1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull up the memory fuse.

"" NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled up from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this section.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still be dis-charged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

G210200AFD

Engine compartment panel fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse box cover by press-

ing the tap and pulling up.3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it

is blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

OHD076027

OFD077039

OFD077040

Diesel only

Page 350: i30

Maintenance

567

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

G210201AFD

Main fuseIf the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

"" NOTICEIf the main fuse is blown, consult anAuthorized HYUNDAI Dealer.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse box in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse box cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater leaking in.

OHD076030

Page 351: i30

7 57

Maintenance

"" NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse box on yourvehicle, refer to the fuse box label.Engine compartment

OHD076031L/OFD077041/OHD076031R/OFD077042

G210300AFD

Fuse/Relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay box covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relayname and capacity.

Diesel onlyRight-Hand drive type

Driver’s side panelLeft-Hand drive type

Page 352: i30

Maintenance

587

Driver's side fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected componentSTART 10A Ignition lock switch, Antitheft alarm, Transaxle range switchA/CON SW 10A A/C control moduleHTD MIRR 10A Outside heated mirror motorSEAT HTR 15A Seat warmer (switch, power)A/CON 10A Blower relay, A/C control module, Sunroof control module, Rain sensorHEAD LAMP 10A Head lamp relayFR WIPER 25A Front wiper relayREAR WIPER 15A Rear wiper relayDRL 15A Daytime running lamp unitRR FOG 10A Rear fog lamp relayP/WDW LH 25A Front and rear power window switch(LH)CLOCK 10A Digital clock, AudioC/LIGHTER 15A Power outletDR LOCK 20A Sunroof control module, Door unlock/lock relayDEICER 15A Front windshield deicerSTOP 15A Stop lamp switchROOM LP 15A Trunk room lamp, Dome lamp, Map lamp, Digital clockAUDIO 15A AudioT/GATE 15A Tail gate unlock relaySAFETY P/WDW RH 25A Front and rear safety power window switch (RH)SAFETY P/WDW LH 25A Front and rear safety power window switch (LH)P/WDW RH 25A Front & rear power window switch(RH)P/OUTLET 15A Power outletT/SIG 10A Hazard switch, Turn signalA/BAG IND 10A Airbag indicator(instrument cluster), SBR (passenger, rear)

Page 353: i30

7 59

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected componentCLUSTER 10A Instrument cluster, EPS module, ESP switch, TPMSA/BAG 15A SRS control moduleSPARE 15A (Spare)RR P/OUTLET 15A Head lamp relayTAIL RH 10A Head lamp(RH), Glove box lamp, Rear combination lamp(RH), License lampTAIL LH 10A Head lamp(LH), Power window main switch, Rear combination lamp(LH), License lamp

Page 354: i30

Maintenance

607

Engine compartment

Description Fuse rating Protected componentALTERNATOR 125A Generator, Fusible link box(D4FB/D4EA)MDPS 80A EPS control moduleABS.2 20A ESP control module, ABS control module, Multi purpose check connectorABS.1 40A ESP control module, ABS control module, Multi purpose check connectorB+.1 50A Instrument panel junction box

Fusible link RR HTD 40A Instrument panel junction boxBLOWER 40A Blower relayC/FAN 40A Condenser fan #1, 2 relayB+.2 50A Instrument panel junction boxIGN.2 40A Ignition switch, Start relayIGN.1 30A Ignition switchECU 30A Main relay, Powertrain control module(G4GC)SPARE.1 20A (Spare)FR FOG 15A Front fog lamp relayA/CON 10A A/C relayHAZARD 15A Hazard switch, Hazard relayF/PUMP 15A Fuel pump relayECU.1 10A ECM(G4FC), PCM(G4FC), TCM(D4FB), Generator (D4EA)

Fuse ECU.3 10A ECM(D4FB/D4EA)ECU.4 20A ECM(D4FB/D4EA)INJ 15A A/C relay, Fuel pump relay, Injector #1,2,3,4(G4FC/G4GC), PCM(G4FC/G4GC), Idle speed

actuator(G4FC/G4GC), Immobilizer module(D4FB) etc.SNSR.2 10A Pulse generator 'A', 'B, 'TCM(D4FB), Stop lamp switch(G4FC/G4GC), Vehicle speed sensor etc.HORN 15A Horn relay

Page 355: i30

7 61

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected componentABS 10A ESP control module, ABS control module, Multi purpose check connectorECU.2 10A Ignition coil #1,2,3,4(G4FC), PCM(G4GC)B/UP 10A Back up lamp switch, Transaxle range switch, Cruise control moduleH/LP LO RH 10A Head lamp(RH), Head lamp leveling actuator(RH)

Fuse H/LP LO LH 10A Head lamp(LH), Head lamp leveling actuator(LH), Head lamp leveling switch H/LP HI 20A Head lamp Hi relaySNSR.1 10A Immobilizer module(G4FC/G4GC), Stop lamp switch(D4FB), Lambda sensor(D4FB) etc.SPARE 10A (Spare)SPARE 15A (Spare)SPARE 20A (Spare)

Description Fuse rating Protected componentGLOW PLUG FUSIBLE LINK 80A Glow plug, Air heaterPTC HEATER #1 FUSIBLE LINK 50A PTC heater 1PTC HEATER #2 FUSIBLE LINK 50A PTC heater 2PTC HEATER #3 FUSIBLE LINK 50A PTC heater 3FUEL FILTER HEATER FUSIBLE LINK 30A Fuel filter heaterGLOW PLUG RELAY - Glow plug relayPTC HEATER RELAY #1 - PTC heater relay 1PTC HEATER RELAY #2 - PTC heater relay 2PTC HEATER RELAY #3 - PTC heater relay 3FUEL FILTER HEATER RELAY - Fuel filter heater relay

Engine compartment (Diesel box)

Page 356: i30

Maintenance

627

LIGHT BULBSG220000AFD

Use only the bulbs of the specifiedwattage.

"" NOTICEAfter heavy, driving rain or washing,headlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is caused bythe temperature difference between thelamp inside and outside. This is similarto the condensation on your windowsinside your vehicle during the rain anddoesn’t indicate a problem with yourvehicle. If the water leaks into the lampbulb circuitry, have the vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Working onthe lights

Prior to working on the light, firmlyapply the parking brake, ensurethat the ignition switch is turned tothe “LOCK” position and turn offthe lights to avoid sudden move-ment of the vehicle and burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

CAUTIONBe sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the fuse or electricwiring system.

CAUTIONIf you don’t have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer. In many cases, it is difficultto replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehiclemust be removed before you canget to the bulb. This is especiallytrue if you have to remove the head-light assembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

Page 357: i30

7 63

Maintenance

G220100AUN

Headlight, position light, turn sig-nal light, front fog light bulbreplacement(1) Headlight (High)(2) Headlight (Low)(3) Position light(4) Front turn signal light(5) Front fog light (if equipped)

G220101AFD

Headlight bulb

OFD067021 OHD076046

WARNING - Halogen bulbs• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-

ized gas that will produce flyingpieces of glass if broken.

• Always handle them carefully,and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids. Never touchthe glass with bare hands.Residual oil may cause the bulbto overheat and burst when lit. Abulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cooldown before handling it.

Page 358: i30

Maintenance

647

1. Open the hood.2. Remove the headlight assembly by

loosening the headlight installationbolts(3EA). (for replacement of lowbeam bulb)

3. Remove the headlight bulb cover byturning it counterclockwise.

4. Disconnect the headlight bulb socket-connector.

5. Unsnap the headlight bulb retainingwire by depressing the end and push-ing it upward.

6. Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly.

7. Install a new headlight bulb and snapthe headlight bulb retaining wire intoposition by aligning the wire with thegroove on the bulb.

8. Connect the headlight bulb socket-connector.

9. Install the headlight bulb cover by turn-ing it clockwise.

10. Install the headlight assembly. (forlow beam bulb)

G220102AFD

Turn signal light/position light, foglight bulb (if equipped)Turn signal light/position light1. Remove the headlight assembly by

loosening the headlight installationbolts(3EA).

2. Replace the malfunctioned light bulb.3. Install the headlight assembly.

Fog light bulb1. Remove the fog light under cover by

loosening the screw(2EA).2. Replace the malfunctioned light bulb.3. Install the fog light under cover.

F220200AUN

Side repeater light bulb replace-ment (if equipped) 1. Remove the light assembly from the

vehicle by prying the lens and pullingthe assembly out.

2. Disconnect the bulb electrical connec-tor.

3. Separate the socket and the lens partsby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the lens part.

OHD076035 OFD077023

Page 359: i30

7 65

Maintenance

4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

5. Insert a new bulb in the socket.6. Reassemble the socket and the lens

part.7. Connect the bulb electrical connector.8. Reinstall the light assembly to the

body of the vehicle.

G220300AFD

Rear combination light bulbreplacement(1) Stop and tail light or tail light(2) Rear turn signal light(3) Back-up light(4) Rear fog light (if equipped) or stop

light

1. Open the tailgate2. Loosen the light assembly retaining

screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.3. Remove the rear combination light

assembly from the body of the vehicle.

OFD067024 OFD067025

Page 360: i30

Maintenance

667

4. Remove the socket from the assemblyby turning the socket counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the socket align withthe slots on the assembly.

5. Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket. Pullthe bulb out of the socket.

6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until it locksinto place.

7. Install the socket in the assembly byaligning the tabs on the socket with theslots in the assembly. Push the socketinto the assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

8. Reinstall the light assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

G220400AFD

High mounted stop light replace-mentIf the light is not operating, have the vehi-cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

G220400AFD

License plate light bulb replace-ment 1. Remove the lens by pressing the tabs.2. Remove the socket from the lens.3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight

out.4. Install a new bulb in the socket and

install the socket to the lens.5. Reinstall the lens securely.

OFD067027 OED076055 OFD067030

Page 361: i30

7 67

Maintenance

G220600AUN

Interior light bulb replacement1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens from the interior lighthousing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

Front map lamp

Dome lamp

Sunvisor lamp

OFD077034

Glove box lamp

WARNING Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF” but-ton is depressed to avoid burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

OFD077035

Luggage room lamp

CAUTIONUse care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

OFD077031

OFD077032

OFD077033

Page 362: i30

Maintenance

687

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careG230101AUN

Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

G230102BUN

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

CAUTIONDo not use strong soap, chemicaldetergents or hot water, and do notwash the vehicle in direct sunlightor when the body of the vehicle iswarm.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

OJB037800

Page 363: i30

7 69

Maintenance

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

G230103AUN

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

"" NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

B230104AUN

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.CAUTION

• Wiping dust or dirt off the bodywith a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

Page 364: i30

Maintenance

707

G230105AUN

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels, andframe members have drain holes thatshould not be allowed to clog with dirt;trapped water in these areas can causerusting.

G230106AUN

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any acid detergent. It maydamage and corrode the aluminumwheels coated with a clear protectivefinish.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

Page 365: i30

7 71

Maintenance

G230107AUN

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosionBy using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produces cars of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corrosionon your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it isslow to dry and holds moisture in contactwith the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your car cleanand free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only tothe visible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

Page 366: i30

Maintenance

727

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corrosivematerials. Attention to the underside ofthe car is particularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your car atleast once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your car inthe garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be surethe carpeting is dry. Use particular care ifyou carry fertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

Page 367: i30

7 73

Maintenance

Interior careG230201AUN

Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions that follow forthe proper way to clean vinyl.

G230202AUN

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

G230203AUN

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

G230204AUN

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

Page 368: i30

Maintenance

747

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMG270000AFD

The emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Service Passportin your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all emissionregulations.There are three emission control sys-tems which are as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your carinspected and maintained by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in this manu-al.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Program (ESP) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic StabilityProgram (ESP) system off by press-ing the ESP switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESP system back onby pressing the ESP switch again.

G270100AUN

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase.This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

G270200AFD

2. Evaporative emission controlSystem

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.

G270201AUN

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

Page 369: i30

7 75

Maintenance

G270202AUN

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

G270300AUN

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

G270301AUN

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

G270302AUN

Engine exhaust gas precautions (car-bon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions following toavoid CO poisoning.

Page 370: i30

Maintenance

767

G270303AFD

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-

line engine.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.If you run out of gasoline, it couldcause the engine to misfire and resultin excessive loading of the catalyticconverter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park the vehicle over ornear flammable objects, such asgrass, vegetation, paper, leaves,etc.

Page 371: i30

8

Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-2Vehicle certification label / 8-2Tire specification and pressure label / 8-2Engine number / 8-3

Consumer information

Page 372: i30

Consumer information

28

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)

H010000AFD

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your carand in all legal matters pertaining to itsownership, etc.It can be found on the floor under thepassenger seat. To check the number,open the cover (1).

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

H020000AUN

The vehicle certification label located onthe driver’s (or front passenger’s) sidecenter pillar gives the vehicle identifica-tion number (VIN).

TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

H030000AUN

The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your car.

OHD086003

OHD086001

OFD087002

Type A

Type B

OHD086007

OHD086002Type B (if equipped)

Type A

Page 373: i30

8 3

Consumer information

H04000AUN-EE

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

ENGINE NUMBER

OFD087004

1.6L Gasoline engine

OFD087005

2.0L Gasoline engineOFD087006

1.6L Diesel engine

OFD087007

2.0L Diesel engine

Page 374: i30

9

Dimensions / 9-2Bulb wattage / 9-2Tires and wheels / 9-3Recommended lubricants and capacities / 9-4

Specifications

Page 375: i30

Specifications

29

Item mm (in)Overall length 4245 (167.1)

Overall width 1775 (69.9)

Overall height 1480 (58.3)

185/65R15 1552/1546 (61.1/60.9)

Front tread195/65R15 (aluminium/steel)

205/55R16 1538 (60.6)

225/45R17 1528 (60.2)

185/65R15 1550/1544 (61.0/60.8)

Rear tread195/65R15 (aluminium/steel)

205/55R16 1536 (60.5)

225/45R17 1527 (60.1)

Wheelbase 2650 (104.3)

DIMENSIONSI010000AFD

Light Bulb WattageHeadlights (Low) 55Headlights (High) 55Front turn signal/Position lights 21/5Side repeater lights* 5Front fog lights* 27Rear fog light* 21/5Stop and tail lights 21/5Rear turn signal lights 21Back-up lights 16High mounted stop light LEDLicense plate lights 5Front map lamps* 10Center dome lamps 10Luggage room lamp 5Glove box lamp 5Vanity mirror lamps* 5

BULB WATTAGEI030000AFD

* : If equipped

Page 376: i30

9 3

Specifications

Inflation pressure kPa (psi)

Front Rear

185/65R15 5.5J!15195/65R15 5.5J!15 220 (32) 220 (32)205/55R16 6.0J!16225/45R17 7.0J!17

T125/80D15 95M 4.0T!15420 420(60) (60)

Full size tire

Compactspare tire *

Wheel lug nut torque kg•m(lb•ft, N•m)

9~11

(65~79 , 88~107)

TIRES AND WHEELSI020000AFD

ItemTiresize

Wheel size

* : If equipped

Page 377: i30

Specifications

49

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES I040000AFD

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel nec-

essary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost andenergy savings.

Lubricant Volume Classification

3.3 l (3.49 US qt.)

4.0 l (4.23 US qt.)

5.3 l (5.60 US qt.) Without CPF ; API Service CH-4 or above, ACEA B46.7 l (7.1 US qt.) With CPF (Catalyzed Particulate filter) ; ACEA C3

Manual transaxle 1.9 l (2.01 US qt.)fluid 2.0 l (2.11 US qt.)

2.1 l (2.22 US qt.)6.8 l (7.19 US qt.) DIAMOND ATF SP-III, 6.6 l (6.97 US qt.) SK ATF SP-III6.0 l (6.34 US qt.)

Coolant 6.6 l (6.97 US qt.)6.8 l (7.19 US qt.)7.3 l (7.71 US qt.)

Brake/Clutch fluid0.7~0.8 l

FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4(0.7~0.8 US qt.)

Fuel 53 l (14 US gal.) -

Engine oil *1 *2

(drain and refill)

Automatic transaxlefluid

Gasoline Engine1.4L/1.6L

2.0L

Gasoline Engine

Diesel Engine

Diesel Engine

Diesel Engine 2.0L

API Service SJ, SL or above,ILSAC GF-3 or above

1.6L2.0L

1.6L2.0L

1.6L2.0L

Gasoline Engine 1.4L/1.6LGasoline Engine 2.0L/Diesel Engine 1.6L

Gasoline Engine 1.6LGasoline Engine 2.0L/Diesel Engine 1.6L

API Service GL-4(SAE 75W-85, fill for-life)

MIXTURE, Antifreeze with water (Ethylene glycol base coolant for

aluminum radiator)

Page 378: i30

9 5

Specifications

I040100AUN

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperation (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

DieselEngine Oil 5W-30

15W-40

10W-30

0W-30 *2

1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20,5W-30 (API SJ, SL / ILSAC GF-3 or above). However, if the engine oil is not available inyour country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

2. It is only for extreme cold area and to be restricted by driving condition and area.(Especially, not recommended for sustained high loaded and high speed operation.)

20W-50

10W-30

15W-40

5W-20, 5W-30

Page 379: i30

IIndex

Page 380: i30

Index

2I

Air cleaner ··································································· 7-33Airbag-supplemental restraint system ························· 3-33Appearance care ·························································· 7-68Audio system ······························································· 4-97Automatic climate control system ······························· 4-76Automatic transaxle ····················································· 5-11Automatic transaxle fluid ············································ 7-29

Battery ········································································· 7-40Before driving ································································ 5-3Brake system ······························································· 5-17Brakes and clutch fluid ················································ 7-28Bulb wattage ·································································· 9-2

Child restraint system ·················································· 3-24Climate control air filter ·············································· 7-35Cruise control system ·················································· 5-27

Defroster ······································································ 4-65Dimensions ···································································· 9-2Door locks ····································································· 4-8

Economical operation ·················································· 5-31Emergency commodity ················································ 6-25Emergency starting ························································ 6-4Emission control system ·············································· 7-74Engine compartment ······················································ 7-2Engine coolant ····························································· 7-25Engine number ······························································· 8-3Engine oil ····································································· 7-24Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ············· 7-21Exterior features ·························································· 4-96

Fuel filler lid ································································ 4-21Fuel filter ····································································· 7-32Fuel requirements ·························································· 1-2Fuses ············································································ 7-53

A

B

C

D

E

F

Page 381: i30

I 3

Index

Hazard warning flasher ··············································· 4-54Hood ············································································ 4-19How to use this manual ················································· 1-2

If the engine overheats ·················································· 6-5If the engine will not start ············································· 6-3If you have a flat tire ··················································· 6-12In case of an emergency while driving ························· 6-2Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ················· 1-6Instrument cluster ························································ 4-35Instrument panel overview ············································ 2-4Interior features ··························································· 4-91Interior light ································································· 4-63Interior overview ··························································· 2-2

Key positions ································································· 5-4Keys ··············································································· 4-2

Light bulbs ··································································· 7-62Lighting ······································································· 4-55

Maintenance services ····················································· 7-4Manual climate control system ··································· 4-67Manual transaxle ··························································· 5-8Mirrors ········································································· 4-31

Owner maintenance ······················································· 7-6

Parking brake ······························································· 7-31

Rear parking assist system ·········································· 4-51Recommended lubricants and capacities ······················· 9-4Remote keyless entry ····················································· 4-4Road warning ································································· 6-2

Scheduled maintenance service ····································· 7-8Seat ················································································ 3-2Seat belts ······································································ 3-13Special driving conditions ··········································· 5-33

H

I

K

L

M

O

P

R

S

Page 382: i30

Index

4I

Starting the engine ························································· 5-5Steering wheel ····························································· 4-29Storage compartment ··················································· 4-88Sunroof ········································································ 4-24

Tailgate ········································································ 4-12Theft-alarm system ························································ 4-6Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ····················· 6-7Tire specification and pressure label ····························· 8-2Tires and wheels ··················································· 7-43, 9-3Towing ········································································· 6-20Trailer towing ······························································ 5-41

Vehicle break-in process ················································ 1-5Vehicle certification label ·············································· 8-2Vehicle identification number (VIN) ····························· 8-2Vehicle weight ····························································· 5-49

Washer fluid ································································· 7-31Windows ······································································ 4-14Windshield defrosting and defogging ························· 4-84Winter driving ······························································ 5-37

Wiper blades ································································ 7-37Wipers and washers ····················································· 4-60

V

W

T